mirror of
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/next/linux-next.git
synced 2025-01-10 07:50:04 +00:00
Manual merge with Linus
This commit is contained in:
commit
d344c5e085
@ -46,6 +46,8 @@ SubmittingPatches
|
||||
- procedure to get a source patch included into the kernel tree.
|
||||
VGA-softcursor.txt
|
||||
- how to change your VGA cursor from a blinking underscore.
|
||||
applying-patches.txt
|
||||
- description of various trees and how to apply their patches.
|
||||
arm/
|
||||
- directory with info about Linux on the ARM architecture.
|
||||
basic_profiling.txt
|
||||
|
151
Documentation/DMA-ISA-LPC.txt
Normal file
151
Documentation/DMA-ISA-LPC.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
|
||||
DMA with ISA and LPC devices
|
||||
============================
|
||||
|
||||
Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
|
||||
|
||||
This document describes how to do DMA transfers using the old ISA DMA
|
||||
controller. Even though ISA is more or less dead today the LPC bus
|
||||
uses the same DMA system so it will be around for quite some time.
|
||||
|
||||
Part I - Headers and dependencies
|
||||
---------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
To do ISA style DMA you need to include two headers:
|
||||
|
||||
#include <linux/dma-mapping.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/dma.h>
|
||||
|
||||
The first is the generic DMA API used to convert virtual addresses to
|
||||
physical addresses (see Documentation/DMA-API.txt for details).
|
||||
|
||||
The second contains the routines specific to ISA DMA transfers. Since
|
||||
this is not present on all platforms make sure you construct your
|
||||
Kconfig to be dependent on ISA_DMA_API (not ISA) so that nobody tries
|
||||
to build your driver on unsupported platforms.
|
||||
|
||||
Part II - Buffer allocation
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The ISA DMA controller has some very strict requirements on which
|
||||
memory it can access so extra care must be taken when allocating
|
||||
buffers.
|
||||
|
||||
(You usually need a special buffer for DMA transfers instead of
|
||||
transferring directly to and from your normal data structures.)
|
||||
|
||||
The DMA-able address space is the lowest 16 MB of _physical_ memory.
|
||||
Also the transfer block may not cross page boundaries (which are 64
|
||||
or 128 KiB depending on which channel you use).
|
||||
|
||||
In order to allocate a piece of memory that satisfies all these
|
||||
requirements you pass the flag GFP_DMA to kmalloc.
|
||||
|
||||
Unfortunately the memory available for ISA DMA is scarce so unless you
|
||||
allocate the memory during boot-up it's a good idea to also pass
|
||||
__GFP_REPEAT and __GFP_NOWARN to make the allocater try a bit harder.
|
||||
|
||||
(This scarcity also means that you should allocate the buffer as
|
||||
early as possible and not release it until the driver is unloaded.)
|
||||
|
||||
Part III - Address translation
|
||||
------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
To translate the virtual address to a physical use the normal DMA
|
||||
API. Do _not_ use isa_virt_to_phys() even though it does the same
|
||||
thing. The reason for this is that the function isa_virt_to_phys()
|
||||
will require a Kconfig dependency to ISA, not just ISA_DMA_API which
|
||||
is really all you need. Remember that even though the DMA controller
|
||||
has its origins in ISA it is used elsewhere.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: x86_64 had a broken DMA API when it came to ISA but has since
|
||||
been fixed. If your arch has problems then fix the DMA API instead of
|
||||
reverting to the ISA functions.
|
||||
|
||||
Part IV - Channels
|
||||
------------------
|
||||
|
||||
A normal ISA DMA controller has 8 channels. The lower four are for
|
||||
8-bit transfers and the upper four are for 16-bit transfers.
|
||||
|
||||
(Actually the DMA controller is really two separate controllers where
|
||||
channel 4 is used to give DMA access for the second controller (0-3).
|
||||
This means that of the four 16-bits channels only three are usable.)
|
||||
|
||||
You allocate these in a similar fashion as all basic resources:
|
||||
|
||||
extern int request_dma(unsigned int dmanr, const char * device_id);
|
||||
extern void free_dma(unsigned int dmanr);
|
||||
|
||||
The ability to use 16-bit or 8-bit transfers is _not_ up to you as a
|
||||
driver author but depends on what the hardware supports. Check your
|
||||
specs or test different channels.
|
||||
|
||||
Part V - Transfer data
|
||||
----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Now for the good stuff, the actual DMA transfer. :)
|
||||
|
||||
Before you use any ISA DMA routines you need to claim the DMA lock
|
||||
using claim_dma_lock(). The reason is that some DMA operations are
|
||||
not atomic so only one driver may fiddle with the registers at a
|
||||
time.
|
||||
|
||||
The first time you use the DMA controller you should call
|
||||
clear_dma_ff(). This clears an internal register in the DMA
|
||||
controller that is used for the non-atomic operations. As long as you
|
||||
(and everyone else) uses the locking functions then you only need to
|
||||
reset this once.
|
||||
|
||||
Next, you tell the controller in which direction you intend to do the
|
||||
transfer using set_dma_mode(). Currently you have the options
|
||||
DMA_MODE_READ and DMA_MODE_WRITE.
|
||||
|
||||
Set the address from where the transfer should start (this needs to
|
||||
be 16-bit aligned for 16-bit transfers) and how many bytes to
|
||||
transfer. Note that it's _bytes_. The DMA routines will do all the
|
||||
required translation to values that the DMA controller understands.
|
||||
|
||||
The final step is enabling the DMA channel and releasing the DMA
|
||||
lock.
|
||||
|
||||
Once the DMA transfer is finished (or timed out) you should disable
|
||||
the channel again. You should also check get_dma_residue() to make
|
||||
sure that all data has been transfered.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
|
||||
int flags, residue;
|
||||
|
||||
flags = claim_dma_lock();
|
||||
|
||||
clear_dma_ff();
|
||||
|
||||
set_dma_mode(channel, DMA_MODE_WRITE);
|
||||
set_dma_addr(channel, phys_addr);
|
||||
set_dma_count(channel, num_bytes);
|
||||
|
||||
dma_enable(channel);
|
||||
|
||||
release_dma_lock(flags);
|
||||
|
||||
while (!device_done());
|
||||
|
||||
flags = claim_dma_lock();
|
||||
|
||||
dma_disable(channel);
|
||||
|
||||
residue = dma_get_residue(channel);
|
||||
if (residue != 0)
|
||||
printk(KERN_ERR "driver: Incomplete DMA transfer!"
|
||||
" %d bytes left!\n", residue);
|
||||
|
||||
release_dma_lock(flags);
|
||||
|
||||
Part VI - Suspend/resume
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
It is the driver's responsibility to make sure that the machine isn't
|
||||
suspended while a DMA transfer is in progress. Also, all DMA settings
|
||||
are lost when the system suspends so if your driver relies on the DMA
|
||||
controller being in a certain state then you have to restore these
|
||||
registers upon resume.
|
@ -8,8 +8,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<authorgroup>
|
||||
<author>
|
||||
<firstname>Paul</firstname>
|
||||
<othername>Rusty</othername>
|
||||
<firstname>Rusty</firstname>
|
||||
<surname>Russell</surname>
|
||||
<affiliation>
|
||||
<address>
|
||||
@ -20,7 +19,7 @@
|
||||
</authorgroup>
|
||||
|
||||
<copyright>
|
||||
<year>2001</year>
|
||||
<year>2005</year>
|
||||
<holder>Rusty Russell</holder>
|
||||
</copyright>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -64,7 +63,7 @@
|
||||
<chapter id="introduction">
|
||||
<title>Introduction</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Welcome, gentle reader, to Rusty's Unreliable Guide to Linux
|
||||
Welcome, gentle reader, to Rusty's Remarkably Unreliable Guide to Linux
|
||||
Kernel Hacking. This document describes the common routines and
|
||||
general requirements for kernel code: its goal is to serve as a
|
||||
primer for Linux kernel development for experienced C
|
||||
@ -96,13 +95,13 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
not associated with any process, serving a softirq, tasklet or bh;
|
||||
not associated with any process, serving a softirq or tasklet;
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
running in kernel space, associated with a process;
|
||||
running in kernel space, associated with a process (user context);
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -114,11 +113,12 @@
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
There is a strict ordering between these: other than the last
|
||||
category (userspace) each can only be pre-empted by those above.
|
||||
For example, while a softirq is running on a CPU, no other
|
||||
softirq will pre-empt it, but a hardware interrupt can. However,
|
||||
any other CPUs in the system execute independently.
|
||||
There is an ordering between these. The bottom two can preempt
|
||||
each other, but above that is a strict hierarchy: each can only be
|
||||
preempted by the ones above it. For example, while a softirq is
|
||||
running on a CPU, no other softirq will preempt it, but a hardware
|
||||
interrupt can. However, any other CPUs in the system execute
|
||||
independently.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
@ -130,10 +130,10 @@
|
||||
<title>User Context</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
User context is when you are coming in from a system call or
|
||||
other trap: you can sleep, and you own the CPU (except for
|
||||
interrupts) until you call <function>schedule()</function>.
|
||||
In other words, user context (unlike userspace) is not pre-emptable.
|
||||
User context is when you are coming in from a system call or other
|
||||
trap: like userspace, you can be preempted by more important tasks
|
||||
and by interrupts. You can sleep, by calling
|
||||
<function>schedule()</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<note>
|
||||
@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<caution>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Beware that if you have interrupts or bottom halves disabled
|
||||
Beware that if you have preemption or softirqs disabled
|
||||
(see below), <function>in_interrupt()</function> will return a
|
||||
false positive.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
@ -168,10 +168,10 @@
|
||||
<hardware>keyboard</hardware> are examples of real
|
||||
hardware which produce interrupts at any time. The kernel runs
|
||||
interrupt handlers, which services the hardware. The kernel
|
||||
guarantees that this handler is never re-entered: if another
|
||||
guarantees that this handler is never re-entered: if the same
|
||||
interrupt arrives, it is queued (or dropped). Because it
|
||||
disables interrupts, this handler has to be fast: frequently it
|
||||
simply acknowledges the interrupt, marks a `software interrupt'
|
||||
simply acknowledges the interrupt, marks a 'software interrupt'
|
||||
for execution and exits.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -188,60 +188,52 @@
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="basics-softirqs">
|
||||
<title>Software Interrupt Context: Bottom Halves, Tasklets, softirqs</title>
|
||||
<title>Software Interrupt Context: Softirqs and Tasklets</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Whenever a system call is about to return to userspace, or a
|
||||
hardware interrupt handler exits, any `software interrupts'
|
||||
hardware interrupt handler exits, any 'software interrupts'
|
||||
which are marked pending (usually by hardware interrupts) are
|
||||
run (<filename>kernel/softirq.c</filename>).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Much of the real interrupt handling work is done here. Early in
|
||||
the transition to <acronym>SMP</acronym>, there were only `bottom
|
||||
the transition to <acronym>SMP</acronym>, there were only 'bottom
|
||||
halves' (BHs), which didn't take advantage of multiple CPUs. Shortly
|
||||
after we switched from wind-up computers made of match-sticks and snot,
|
||||
we abandoned this limitation.
|
||||
we abandoned this limitation and switched to 'softirqs'.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<filename class="headerfile">include/linux/interrupt.h</filename> lists the
|
||||
different BH's. No matter how many CPUs you have, no two BHs will run at
|
||||
the same time. This made the transition to SMP simpler, but sucks hard for
|
||||
scalable performance. A very important bottom half is the timer
|
||||
BH (<filename class="headerfile">include/linux/timer.h</filename>): you
|
||||
can register to have it call functions for you in a given length of time.
|
||||
different softirqs. A very important softirq is the
|
||||
timer softirq (<filename
|
||||
class="headerfile">include/linux/timer.h</filename>): you can
|
||||
register to have it call functions for you in a given length of
|
||||
time.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
2.3.43 introduced softirqs, and re-implemented the (now
|
||||
deprecated) BHs underneath them. Softirqs are fully-SMP
|
||||
versions of BHs: they can run on as many CPUs at once as
|
||||
required. This means they need to deal with any races in shared
|
||||
data using their own locks. A bitmask is used to keep track of
|
||||
which are enabled, so the 32 available softirqs should not be
|
||||
used up lightly. (<emphasis>Yes</emphasis>, people will
|
||||
notice).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
tasklets (<filename class="headerfile">include/linux/interrupt.h</filename>)
|
||||
are like softirqs, except they are dynamically-registrable (meaning you
|
||||
can have as many as you want), and they also guarantee that any tasklet
|
||||
will only run on one CPU at any time, although different tasklets can
|
||||
run simultaneously (unlike different BHs).
|
||||
Softirqs are often a pain to deal with, since the same softirq
|
||||
will run simultaneously on more than one CPU. For this reason,
|
||||
tasklets (<filename
|
||||
class="headerfile">include/linux/interrupt.h</filename>) are more
|
||||
often used: they are dynamically-registrable (meaning you can have
|
||||
as many as you want), and they also guarantee that any tasklet
|
||||
will only run on one CPU at any time, although different tasklets
|
||||
can run simultaneously.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<caution>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The name `tasklet' is misleading: they have nothing to do with `tasks',
|
||||
The name 'tasklet' is misleading: they have nothing to do with 'tasks',
|
||||
and probably more to do with some bad vodka Alexey Kuznetsov had at the
|
||||
time.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</caution>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You can tell you are in a softirq (or bottom half, or tasklet)
|
||||
You can tell you are in a softirq (or tasklet)
|
||||
using the <function>in_softirq()</function> macro
|
||||
(<filename class="headerfile">include/linux/interrupt.h</filename>).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
@ -288,11 +280,10 @@
|
||||
<term>A rigid stack limit</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The kernel stack is about 6K in 2.2 (for most
|
||||
architectures: it's about 14K on the Alpha), and shared
|
||||
with interrupts so you can't use it all. Avoid deep
|
||||
recursion and huge local arrays on the stack (allocate
|
||||
them dynamically instead).
|
||||
Depending on configuration options the kernel stack is about 3K to 6K for most 32-bit architectures: it's
|
||||
about 14K on most 64-bit archs, and often shared with interrupts
|
||||
so you can't use it all. Avoid deep recursion and huge local
|
||||
arrays on the stack (allocate them dynamically instead).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
@ -339,7 +330,7 @@ asmlinkage long sys_mycall(int arg)
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If all your routine does is read or write some parameter, consider
|
||||
implementing a <function>sysctl</function> interface instead.
|
||||
implementing a <function>sysfs</function> interface instead.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
@ -417,7 +408,10 @@ cond_resched(); /* Will sleep */
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You will eventually lock up your box if you break these rules.
|
||||
You should always compile your kernel
|
||||
<symbol>CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK_SLEEP</symbol> on, and it will warn
|
||||
you if you break these rules. If you <emphasis>do</emphasis> break
|
||||
the rules, you will eventually lock up your box.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
@ -515,8 +509,7 @@ printk(KERN_INFO "my ip: %d.%d.%d.%d\n", NIPQUAD(ipaddress));
|
||||
success).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</caution>
|
||||
[Yes, this moronic interface makes me cringe. Please submit a
|
||||
patch and become my hero --RR.]
|
||||
[Yes, this moronic interface makes me cringe. The flamewar comes up every year or so. --RR.]
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The functions may sleep implicitly. This should never be called
|
||||
@ -587,10 +580,11 @@ printk(KERN_INFO "my ip: %d.%d.%d.%d\n", NIPQUAD(ipaddress));
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If you see a <errorname>kmem_grow: Called nonatomically from int
|
||||
</errorname> warning message you called a memory allocation function
|
||||
from interrupt context without <constant>GFP_ATOMIC</constant>.
|
||||
You should really fix that. Run, don't walk.
|
||||
If you see a <errorname>sleeping function called from invalid
|
||||
context</errorname> warning message, then maybe you called a
|
||||
sleeping allocation function from interrupt context without
|
||||
<constant>GFP_ATOMIC</constant>. You should really fix that.
|
||||
Run, don't walk.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
@ -639,16 +633,16 @@ printk(KERN_INFO "my ip: %d.%d.%d.%d\n", NIPQUAD(ipaddress));
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="routines-udelay">
|
||||
<title><function>udelay()</function>/<function>mdelay()</function>
|
||||
<title><function>mdelay()</function>/<function>udelay()</function>
|
||||
<filename class="headerfile">include/asm/delay.h</filename>
|
||||
<filename class="headerfile">include/linux/delay.h</filename>
|
||||
</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <function>udelay()</function> function can be used for small pauses.
|
||||
Do not use large values with <function>udelay()</function> as you risk
|
||||
The <function>udelay()</function> and <function>ndelay()</function> functions can be used for small pauses.
|
||||
Do not use large values with them as you risk
|
||||
overflow - the helper function <function>mdelay()</function> is useful
|
||||
here, or even consider <function>schedule_timeout()</function>.
|
||||
here, or consider <function>msleep()</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -698,8 +692,8 @@ printk(KERN_INFO "my ip: %d.%d.%d.%d\n", NIPQUAD(ipaddress));
|
||||
These routines disable soft interrupts on the local CPU, and
|
||||
restore them. They are reentrant; if soft interrupts were
|
||||
disabled before, they will still be disabled after this pair
|
||||
of functions has been called. They prevent softirqs, tasklets
|
||||
and bottom halves from running on the current CPU.
|
||||
of functions has been called. They prevent softirqs and tasklets
|
||||
from running on the current CPU.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -708,10 +702,16 @@ printk(KERN_INFO "my ip: %d.%d.%d.%d\n", NIPQUAD(ipaddress));
|
||||
<filename class="headerfile">include/asm/smp.h</filename></title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<function>smp_processor_id()</function> returns the current
|
||||
processor number, between 0 and <symbol>NR_CPUS</symbol> (the
|
||||
maximum number of CPUs supported by Linux, currently 32). These
|
||||
values are not necessarily continuous.
|
||||
<function>get_cpu()</function> disables preemption (so you won't
|
||||
suddenly get moved to another CPU) and returns the current
|
||||
processor number, between 0 and <symbol>NR_CPUS</symbol>. Note
|
||||
that the CPU numbers are not necessarily continuous. You return
|
||||
it again with <function>put_cpu()</function> when you are done.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If you know you cannot be preempted by another task (ie. you are
|
||||
in interrupt context, or have preemption disabled) you can use
|
||||
smp_processor_id().
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -722,19 +722,14 @@ printk(KERN_INFO "my ip: %d.%d.%d.%d\n", NIPQUAD(ipaddress));
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
After boot, the kernel frees up a special section; functions
|
||||
marked with <type>__init</type> and data structures marked with
|
||||
<type>__initdata</type> are dropped after boot is complete (within
|
||||
modules this directive is currently ignored). <type>__exit</type>
|
||||
<type>__initdata</type> are dropped after boot is complete: similarly
|
||||
modules discard this memory after initialization. <type>__exit</type>
|
||||
is used to declare a function which is only required on exit: the
|
||||
function will be dropped if this file is not compiled as a module.
|
||||
See the header file for use. Note that it makes no sense for a function
|
||||
marked with <type>__init</type> to be exported to modules with
|
||||
<function>EXPORT_SYMBOL()</function> - this will break.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Static data structures marked as <type>__initdata</type> must be initialised
|
||||
(as opposed to ordinary static data which is zeroed BSS) and cannot be
|
||||
<type>const</type>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -762,9 +757,8 @@ printk(KERN_INFO "my ip: %d.%d.%d.%d\n", NIPQUAD(ipaddress));
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The function can return a negative error number to cause
|
||||
module loading to fail (unfortunately, this has no effect if
|
||||
the module is compiled into the kernel). For modules, this is
|
||||
called in user context, with interrupts enabled, and the
|
||||
kernel lock held, so it can sleep.
|
||||
the module is compiled into the kernel). This function is
|
||||
called in user context with interrupts enabled, so it can sleep.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -779,6 +773,34 @@ printk(KERN_INFO "my ip: %d.%d.%d.%d\n", NIPQUAD(ipaddress));
|
||||
reached zero. This function can also sleep, but cannot fail:
|
||||
everything must be cleaned up by the time it returns.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Note that this macro is optional: if it is not present, your
|
||||
module will not be removable (except for 'rmmod -f').
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="routines-module-use-counters">
|
||||
<title> <function>try_module_get()</function>/<function>module_put()</function>
|
||||
<filename class="headerfile">include/linux/module.h</filename></title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
These manipulate the module usage count, to protect against
|
||||
removal (a module also can't be removed if another module uses one
|
||||
of its exported symbols: see below). Before calling into module
|
||||
code, you should call <function>try_module_get()</function> on
|
||||
that module: if it fails, then the module is being removed and you
|
||||
should act as if it wasn't there. Otherwise, you can safely enter
|
||||
the module, and call <function>module_put()</function> when you're
|
||||
finished.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Most registerable structures have an
|
||||
<structfield>owner</structfield> field, such as in the
|
||||
<structname>file_operations</structname> structure. Set this field
|
||||
to the macro <symbol>THIS_MODULE</symbol>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- add info on new-style module refcounting here -->
|
||||
@ -821,7 +843,7 @@ printk(KERN_INFO "my ip: %d.%d.%d.%d\n", NIPQUAD(ipaddress));
|
||||
There is a macro to do this:
|
||||
<function>wait_event_interruptible()</function>
|
||||
|
||||
<filename class="headerfile">include/linux/sched.h</filename> The
|
||||
<filename class="headerfile">include/linux/wait.h</filename> The
|
||||
first argument is the wait queue head, and the second is an
|
||||
expression which is evaluated; the macro returns
|
||||
<returnvalue>0</returnvalue> when this expression is true, or
|
||||
@ -847,10 +869,11 @@ printk(KERN_INFO "my ip: %d.%d.%d.%d\n", NIPQUAD(ipaddress));
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Call <function>wake_up()</function>
|
||||
|
||||
<filename class="headerfile">include/linux/sched.h</filename>;,
|
||||
<filename class="headerfile">include/linux/wait.h</filename>;,
|
||||
which will wake up every process in the queue. The exception is
|
||||
if one has <constant>TASK_EXCLUSIVE</constant> set, in which case
|
||||
the remainder of the queue will not be woken.
|
||||
the remainder of the queue will not be woken. There are other variants
|
||||
of this basic function available in the same header.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
@ -863,7 +886,7 @@ printk(KERN_INFO "my ip: %d.%d.%d.%d\n", NIPQUAD(ipaddress));
|
||||
first class of operations work on <type>atomic_t</type>
|
||||
|
||||
<filename class="headerfile">include/asm/atomic.h</filename>; this
|
||||
contains a signed integer (at least 24 bits long), and you must use
|
||||
contains a signed integer (at least 32 bits long), and you must use
|
||||
these functions to manipulate or read atomic_t variables.
|
||||
<function>atomic_read()</function> and
|
||||
<function>atomic_set()</function> get and set the counter,
|
||||
@ -882,13 +905,12 @@ printk(KERN_INFO "my ip: %d.%d.%d.%d\n", NIPQUAD(ipaddress));
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Note that these functions are slower than normal arithmetic, and
|
||||
so should not be used unnecessarily. On some platforms they
|
||||
are much slower, like 32-bit Sparc where they use a spinlock.
|
||||
so should not be used unnecessarily.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The second class of atomic operations is atomic bit operations on a
|
||||
<type>long</type>, defined in
|
||||
The second class of atomic operations is atomic bit operations on an
|
||||
<type>unsigned long</type>, defined in
|
||||
|
||||
<filename class="headerfile">include/linux/bitops.h</filename>. These
|
||||
operations generally take a pointer to the bit pattern, and a bit
|
||||
@ -899,7 +921,7 @@ printk(KERN_INFO "my ip: %d.%d.%d.%d\n", NIPQUAD(ipaddress));
|
||||
<function>test_and_clear_bit()</function> and
|
||||
<function>test_and_change_bit()</function> do the same thing,
|
||||
except return true if the bit was previously set; these are
|
||||
particularly useful for very simple locking.
|
||||
particularly useful for atomically setting flags.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
@ -907,12 +929,6 @@ printk(KERN_INFO "my ip: %d.%d.%d.%d\n", NIPQUAD(ipaddress));
|
||||
than BITS_PER_LONG. The resulting behavior is strange on big-endian
|
||||
platforms though so it is a good idea not to do this.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Note that the order of bits depends on the architecture, and in
|
||||
particular, the bitfield passed to these operations must be at
|
||||
least as large as a <type>long</type>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="symbols">
|
||||
@ -932,11 +948,8 @@ printk(KERN_INFO "my ip: %d.%d.%d.%d\n", NIPQUAD(ipaddress));
|
||||
<filename class="headerfile">include/linux/module.h</filename></title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This is the classic method of exporting a symbol, and it works
|
||||
for both modules and non-modules. In the kernel all these
|
||||
declarations are often bundled into a single file to help
|
||||
genksyms (which searches source files for these declarations).
|
||||
See the comment on genksyms and Makefiles below.
|
||||
This is the classic method of exporting a symbol: dynamically
|
||||
loaded modules will be able to use the symbol as normal.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -949,7 +962,8 @@ printk(KERN_INFO "my ip: %d.%d.%d.%d\n", NIPQUAD(ipaddress));
|
||||
symbols exported by <function>EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL()</function> can
|
||||
only be seen by modules with a
|
||||
<function>MODULE_LICENSE()</function> that specifies a GPL
|
||||
compatible license.
|
||||
compatible license. It implies that the function is considered
|
||||
an internal implementation issue, and not really an interface.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
@ -962,12 +976,13 @@ printk(KERN_INFO "my ip: %d.%d.%d.%d\n", NIPQUAD(ipaddress));
|
||||
<filename class="headerfile">include/linux/list.h</filename></title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
There are three sets of linked-list routines in the kernel
|
||||
headers, but this one seems to be winning out (and Linus has
|
||||
used it). If you don't have some particular pressing need for
|
||||
a single list, it's a good choice. In fact, I don't care
|
||||
whether it's a good choice or not, just use it so we can get
|
||||
rid of the others.
|
||||
There used to be three sets of linked-list routines in the kernel
|
||||
headers, but this one is the winner. If you don't have some
|
||||
particular pressing need for a single list, it's a good choice.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
In particular, <function>list_for_each_entry</function> is useful.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -979,14 +994,13 @@ printk(KERN_INFO "my ip: %d.%d.%d.%d\n", NIPQUAD(ipaddress));
|
||||
convention, and return <returnvalue>0</returnvalue> for success,
|
||||
and a negative error number
|
||||
(eg. <returnvalue>-EFAULT</returnvalue>) for failure. This can be
|
||||
unintuitive at first, but it's fairly widespread in the networking
|
||||
code, for example.
|
||||
unintuitive at first, but it's fairly widespread in the kernel.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The filesystem code uses <function>ERR_PTR()</function>
|
||||
Using <function>ERR_PTR()</function>
|
||||
|
||||
<filename class="headerfile">include/linux/fs.h</filename>; to
|
||||
<filename class="headerfile">include/linux/err.h</filename>; to
|
||||
encode a negative error number into a pointer, and
|
||||
<function>IS_ERR()</function> and <function>PTR_ERR()</function>
|
||||
to get it back out again: avoids a separate pointer parameter for
|
||||
@ -1040,7 +1054,7 @@ static struct block_device_operations opt_fops = {
|
||||
supported, due to lack of general use, but the following are
|
||||
considered standard (see the GCC info page section "C
|
||||
Extensions" for more details - Yes, really the info page, the
|
||||
man page is only a short summary of the stuff in info):
|
||||
man page is only a short summary of the stuff in info).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
@ -1091,7 +1105,7 @@ static struct block_device_operations opt_fops = {
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Function names as strings (__FUNCTION__)
|
||||
Function names as strings (__func__).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
@ -1164,63 +1178,35 @@ static struct block_device_operations opt_fops = {
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Usually you want a configuration option for your kernel hack.
|
||||
Edit <filename>Config.in</filename> in the appropriate directory
|
||||
(but under <filename>arch/</filename> it's called
|
||||
<filename>config.in</filename>). The Config Language used is not
|
||||
bash, even though it looks like bash; the safe way is to use only
|
||||
the constructs that you already see in
|
||||
<filename>Config.in</filename> files (see
|
||||
<filename>Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt</filename>).
|
||||
It's good to run "make xconfig" at least once to test (because
|
||||
it's the only one with a static parser).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Variables which can be Y or N use <type>bool</type> followed by a
|
||||
tagline and the config define name (which must start with
|
||||
CONFIG_). The <type>tristate</type> function is the same, but
|
||||
allows the answer M (which defines
|
||||
<symbol>CONFIG_foo_MODULE</symbol> in your source, instead of
|
||||
<symbol>CONFIG_FOO</symbol>) if <symbol>CONFIG_MODULES</symbol>
|
||||
is enabled.
|
||||
Edit <filename>Kconfig</filename> in the appropriate directory.
|
||||
The Config language is simple to use by cut and paste, and there's
|
||||
complete documentation in
|
||||
<filename>Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt</filename>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You may well want to make your CONFIG option only visible if
|
||||
<symbol>CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL</symbol> is enabled: this serves as a
|
||||
warning to users. There many other fancy things you can do: see
|
||||
the various <filename>Config.in</filename> files for ideas.
|
||||
the various <filename>Kconfig</filename> files for ideas.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
In your description of the option, make sure you address both the
|
||||
expert user and the user who knows nothing about your feature. Mention
|
||||
incompatibilities and issues here. <emphasis> Definitely
|
||||
</emphasis> end your description with <quote> if in doubt, say N
|
||||
</quote> (or, occasionally, `Y'); this is for people who have no
|
||||
idea what you are talking about.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Edit the <filename>Makefile</filename>: the CONFIG variables are
|
||||
exported here so you can conditionalize compilation with `ifeq'.
|
||||
If your file exports symbols then add the names to
|
||||
<varname>export-objs</varname> so that genksyms will find them.
|
||||
<caution>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
There is a restriction on the kernel build system that objects
|
||||
which export symbols must have globally unique names.
|
||||
If your object does not have a globally unique name then the
|
||||
standard fix is to move the
|
||||
<function>EXPORT_SYMBOL()</function> statements to their own
|
||||
object with a unique name.
|
||||
This is why several systems have separate exporting objects,
|
||||
usually suffixed with ksyms.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</caution>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Document your option in Documentation/Configure.help. Mention
|
||||
incompatibilities and issues here. <emphasis> Definitely
|
||||
</emphasis> end your description with <quote> if in doubt, say N
|
||||
</quote> (or, occasionally, `Y'); this is for people who have no
|
||||
idea what you are talking about.
|
||||
exported here so you can usually just add a "obj-$(CONFIG_xxx) +=
|
||||
xxx.o" line. The syntax is documented in
|
||||
<filename>Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt</filename>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1253,20 +1239,12 @@ static struct block_device_operations opt_fops = {
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<filename>include/linux/brlock.h:</filename>
|
||||
<filename>include/asm-i386/delay.h:</filename>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
extern inline void br_read_lock (enum brlock_indices idx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This causes a link-time bug message if an
|
||||
* invalid index is used:
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (idx >= __BR_END)
|
||||
__br_lock_usage_bug();
|
||||
|
||||
read_lock(&__brlock_array[smp_processor_id()][idx]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#define ndelay(n) (__builtin_constant_p(n) ? \
|
||||
((n) > 20000 ? __bad_ndelay() : __const_udelay((n) * 5ul)) : \
|
||||
__ndelay(n))
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="pubfunctions">
|
||||
<title>Public Functions Provided</title>
|
||||
!Earch/i386/kernel/mca.c
|
||||
!Edrivers/mca/mca-legacy.c
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="dmafunctions">
|
||||
|
@ -605,12 +605,13 @@ is in the ipmi_poweroff module. When the system requests a powerdown,
|
||||
it will send the proper IPMI commands to do this. This is supported on
|
||||
several platforms.
|
||||
|
||||
There is a module parameter named "poweroff_control" that may either be zero
|
||||
(do a power down) or 2 (do a power cycle, power the system off, then power
|
||||
it on in a few seconds). Setting ipmi_poweroff.poweroff_control=x will do
|
||||
the same thing on the kernel command line. The parameter is also available
|
||||
via the proc filesystem in /proc/ipmi/poweroff_control. Note that if the
|
||||
system does not support power cycling, it will always to the power off.
|
||||
There is a module parameter named "poweroff_powercycle" that may
|
||||
either be zero (do a power down) or non-zero (do a power cycle, power
|
||||
the system off, then power it on in a few seconds). Setting
|
||||
ipmi_poweroff.poweroff_control=x will do the same thing on the kernel
|
||||
command line. The parameter is also available via the proc filesystem
|
||||
in /proc/sys/dev/ipmi/poweroff_powercycle. Note that if the system
|
||||
does not support power cycling, it will always do the power off.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that if you have ACPI enabled, the system will prefer using ACPI to
|
||||
power off.
|
||||
|
112
Documentation/RCU/NMI-RCU.txt
Normal file
112
Documentation/RCU/NMI-RCU.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
|
||||
Using RCU to Protect Dynamic NMI Handlers
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Although RCU is usually used to protect read-mostly data structures,
|
||||
it is possible to use RCU to provide dynamic non-maskable interrupt
|
||||
handlers, as well as dynamic irq handlers. This document describes
|
||||
how to do this, drawing loosely from Zwane Mwaikambo's NMI-timer
|
||||
work in "arch/i386/oprofile/nmi_timer_int.c" and in
|
||||
"arch/i386/kernel/traps.c".
|
||||
|
||||
The relevant pieces of code are listed below, each followed by a
|
||||
brief explanation.
|
||||
|
||||
static int dummy_nmi_callback(struct pt_regs *regs, int cpu)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
The dummy_nmi_callback() function is a "dummy" NMI handler that does
|
||||
nothing, but returns zero, thus saying that it did nothing, allowing
|
||||
the NMI handler to take the default machine-specific action.
|
||||
|
||||
static nmi_callback_t nmi_callback = dummy_nmi_callback;
|
||||
|
||||
This nmi_callback variable is a global function pointer to the current
|
||||
NMI handler.
|
||||
|
||||
fastcall void do_nmi(struct pt_regs * regs, long error_code)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int cpu;
|
||||
|
||||
nmi_enter();
|
||||
|
||||
cpu = smp_processor_id();
|
||||
++nmi_count(cpu);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!rcu_dereference(nmi_callback)(regs, cpu))
|
||||
default_do_nmi(regs);
|
||||
|
||||
nmi_exit();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
The do_nmi() function processes each NMI. It first disables preemption
|
||||
in the same way that a hardware irq would, then increments the per-CPU
|
||||
count of NMIs. It then invokes the NMI handler stored in the nmi_callback
|
||||
function pointer. If this handler returns zero, do_nmi() invokes the
|
||||
default_do_nmi() function to handle a machine-specific NMI. Finally,
|
||||
preemption is restored.
|
||||
|
||||
Strictly speaking, rcu_dereference() is not needed, since this code runs
|
||||
only on i386, which does not need rcu_dereference() anyway. However,
|
||||
it is a good documentation aid, particularly for anyone attempting to
|
||||
do something similar on Alpha.
|
||||
|
||||
Quick Quiz: Why might the rcu_dereference() be necessary on Alpha,
|
||||
given that the code referenced by the pointer is read-only?
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Back to the discussion of NMI and RCU...
|
||||
|
||||
void set_nmi_callback(nmi_callback_t callback)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcu_assign_pointer(nmi_callback, callback);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
The set_nmi_callback() function registers an NMI handler. Note that any
|
||||
data that is to be used by the callback must be initialized up -before-
|
||||
the call to set_nmi_callback(). On architectures that do not order
|
||||
writes, the rcu_assign_pointer() ensures that the NMI handler sees the
|
||||
initialized values.
|
||||
|
||||
void unset_nmi_callback(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcu_assign_pointer(nmi_callback, dummy_nmi_callback);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
This function unregisters an NMI handler, restoring the original
|
||||
dummy_nmi_handler(). However, there may well be an NMI handler
|
||||
currently executing on some other CPU. We therefore cannot free
|
||||
up any data structures used by the old NMI handler until execution
|
||||
of it completes on all other CPUs.
|
||||
|
||||
One way to accomplish this is via synchronize_sched(), perhaps as
|
||||
follows:
|
||||
|
||||
unset_nmi_callback();
|
||||
synchronize_sched();
|
||||
kfree(my_nmi_data);
|
||||
|
||||
This works because synchronize_sched() blocks until all CPUs complete
|
||||
any preemption-disabled segments of code that they were executing.
|
||||
Since NMI handlers disable preemption, synchronize_sched() is guaranteed
|
||||
not to return until all ongoing NMI handlers exit. It is therefore safe
|
||||
to free up the handler's data as soon as synchronize_sched() returns.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Answer to Quick Quiz
|
||||
|
||||
Why might the rcu_dereference() be necessary on Alpha, given
|
||||
that the code referenced by the pointer is read-only?
|
||||
|
||||
Answer: The caller to set_nmi_callback() might well have
|
||||
initialized some data that is to be used by the
|
||||
new NMI handler. In this case, the rcu_dereference()
|
||||
would be needed, because otherwise a CPU that received
|
||||
an NMI just after the new handler was set might see
|
||||
the pointer to the new NMI handler, but the old
|
||||
pre-initialized version of the handler's data.
|
||||
|
||||
More important, the rcu_dereference() makes it clear
|
||||
to someone reading the code that the pointer is being
|
||||
protected by RCU.
|
74
Documentation/RCU/rcuref.txt
Normal file
74
Documentation/RCU/rcuref.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
|
||||
Refcounter framework for elements of lists/arrays protected by
|
||||
RCU.
|
||||
|
||||
Refcounting on elements of lists which are protected by traditional
|
||||
reader/writer spinlocks or semaphores are straight forward as in:
|
||||
|
||||
1. 2.
|
||||
add() search_and_reference()
|
||||
{ {
|
||||
alloc_object read_lock(&list_lock);
|
||||
... search_for_element
|
||||
atomic_set(&el->rc, 1); atomic_inc(&el->rc);
|
||||
write_lock(&list_lock); ...
|
||||
add_element read_unlock(&list_lock);
|
||||
... ...
|
||||
write_unlock(&list_lock); }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
3. 4.
|
||||
release_referenced() delete()
|
||||
{ {
|
||||
... write_lock(&list_lock);
|
||||
atomic_dec(&el->rc, relfunc) ...
|
||||
... delete_element
|
||||
} write_unlock(&list_lock);
|
||||
...
|
||||
if (atomic_dec_and_test(&el->rc))
|
||||
kfree(el);
|
||||
...
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
If this list/array is made lock free using rcu as in changing the
|
||||
write_lock in add() and delete() to spin_lock and changing read_lock
|
||||
in search_and_reference to rcu_read_lock(), the rcuref_get in
|
||||
search_and_reference could potentially hold reference to an element which
|
||||
has already been deleted from the list/array. rcuref_lf_get_rcu takes
|
||||
care of this scenario. search_and_reference should look as;
|
||||
|
||||
1. 2.
|
||||
add() search_and_reference()
|
||||
{ {
|
||||
alloc_object rcu_read_lock();
|
||||
... search_for_element
|
||||
atomic_set(&el->rc, 1); if (rcuref_inc_lf(&el->rc)) {
|
||||
write_lock(&list_lock); rcu_read_unlock();
|
||||
return FAIL;
|
||||
add_element }
|
||||
... ...
|
||||
write_unlock(&list_lock); rcu_read_unlock();
|
||||
} }
|
||||
3. 4.
|
||||
release_referenced() delete()
|
||||
{ {
|
||||
... write_lock(&list_lock);
|
||||
rcuref_dec(&el->rc, relfunc) ...
|
||||
... delete_element
|
||||
} write_unlock(&list_lock);
|
||||
...
|
||||
if (rcuref_dec_and_test(&el->rc))
|
||||
call_rcu(&el->head, el_free);
|
||||
...
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Sometimes, reference to the element need to be obtained in the
|
||||
update (write) stream. In such cases, rcuref_inc_lf might be an overkill
|
||||
since the spinlock serialising list updates are held. rcuref_inc
|
||||
is to be used in such cases.
|
||||
For arches which do not have cmpxchg rcuref_inc_lf
|
||||
api uses a hashed spinlock implementation and the same hashed spinlock
|
||||
is acquired in all rcuref_xxx primitives to preserve atomicity.
|
||||
Note: Use rcuref_inc api only if you need to use rcuref_inc_lf on the
|
||||
refcounter atleast at one place. Mixing rcuref_inc and atomic_xxx api
|
||||
might lead to races. rcuref_inc_lf() must be used in lockfree
|
||||
RCU critical sections only.
|
@ -35,4 +35,4 @@ created. Please use command "cat /proc/acpi/hotkey/polling_method"
|
||||
to retrieve it.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: Use cmdline "acpi_generic_hotkey" to over-ride
|
||||
loading any platform specific drivers.
|
||||
platform-specific with generic driver.
|
||||
|
439
Documentation/applying-patches.txt
Normal file
439
Documentation/applying-patches.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,439 @@
|
||||
|
||||
Applying Patches To The Linux Kernel
|
||||
------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
(Written by Jesper Juhl, August 2005)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
A frequently asked question on the Linux Kernel Mailing List is how to apply
|
||||
a patch to the kernel or, more specifically, what base kernel a patch for
|
||||
one of the many trees/branches should be applied to. Hopefully this document
|
||||
will explain this to you.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition to explaining how to apply and revert patches, a brief
|
||||
description of the different kernel trees (and examples of how to apply
|
||||
their specific patches) is also provided.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What is a patch?
|
||||
---
|
||||
A patch is a small text document containing a delta of changes between two
|
||||
different versions of a source tree. Patches are created with the `diff'
|
||||
program.
|
||||
To correctly apply a patch you need to know what base it was generated from
|
||||
and what new version the patch will change the source tree into. These
|
||||
should both be present in the patch file metadata or be possible to deduce
|
||||
from the filename.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
How do I apply or revert a patch?
|
||||
---
|
||||
You apply a patch with the `patch' program. The patch program reads a diff
|
||||
(or patch) file and makes the changes to the source tree described in it.
|
||||
|
||||
Patches for the Linux kernel are generated relative to the parent directory
|
||||
holding the kernel source dir.
|
||||
|
||||
This means that paths to files inside the patch file contain the name of the
|
||||
kernel source directories it was generated against (or some other directory
|
||||
names like "a/" and "b/").
|
||||
Since this is unlikely to match the name of the kernel source dir on your
|
||||
local machine (but is often useful info to see what version an otherwise
|
||||
unlabeled patch was generated against) you should change into your kernel
|
||||
source directory and then strip the first element of the path from filenames
|
||||
in the patch file when applying it (the -p1 argument to `patch' does this).
|
||||
|
||||
To revert a previously applied patch, use the -R argument to patch.
|
||||
So, if you applied a patch like this:
|
||||
patch -p1 < ../patch-x.y.z
|
||||
|
||||
You can revert (undo) it like this:
|
||||
patch -R -p1 < ../patch-x.y.z
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
How do I feed a patch/diff file to `patch'?
|
||||
---
|
||||
This (as usual with Linux and other UNIX like operating systems) can be
|
||||
done in several different ways.
|
||||
In all the examples below I feed the file (in uncompressed form) to patch
|
||||
via stdin using the following syntax:
|
||||
patch -p1 < path/to/patch-x.y.z
|
||||
|
||||
If you just want to be able to follow the examples below and don't want to
|
||||
know of more than one way to use patch, then you can stop reading this
|
||||
section here.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch can also get the name of the file to use via the -i argument, like
|
||||
this:
|
||||
patch -p1 -i path/to/patch-x.y.z
|
||||
|
||||
If your patch file is compressed with gzip or bzip2 and you don't want to
|
||||
uncompress it before applying it, then you can feed it to patch like this
|
||||
instead:
|
||||
zcat path/to/patch-x.y.z.gz | patch -p1
|
||||
bzcat path/to/patch-x.y.z.bz2 | patch -p1
|
||||
|
||||
If you wish to uncompress the patch file by hand first before applying it
|
||||
(what I assume you've done in the examples below), then you simply run
|
||||
gunzip or bunzip2 on the file - like this:
|
||||
gunzip patch-x.y.z.gz
|
||||
bunzip2 patch-x.y.z.bz2
|
||||
|
||||
Which will leave you with a plain text patch-x.y.z file that you can feed to
|
||||
patch via stdin or the -i argument, as you prefer.
|
||||
|
||||
A few other nice arguments for patch are -s which causes patch to be silent
|
||||
except for errors which is nice to prevent errors from scrolling out of the
|
||||
screen too fast, and --dry-run which causes patch to just print a listing of
|
||||
what would happen, but doesn't actually make any changes. Finally --verbose
|
||||
tells patch to print more information about the work being done.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Common errors when patching
|
||||
---
|
||||
When patch applies a patch file it attempts to verify the sanity of the
|
||||
file in different ways.
|
||||
Checking that the file looks like a valid patch file, checking the code
|
||||
around the bits being modified matches the context provided in the patch are
|
||||
just two of the basic sanity checks patch does.
|
||||
|
||||
If patch encounters something that doesn't look quite right it has two
|
||||
options. It can either refuse to apply the changes and abort or it can try
|
||||
to find a way to make the patch apply with a few minor changes.
|
||||
|
||||
One example of something that's not 'quite right' that patch will attempt to
|
||||
fix up is if all the context matches, the lines being changed match, but the
|
||||
line numbers are different. This can happen, for example, if the patch makes
|
||||
a change in the middle of the file but for some reasons a few lines have
|
||||
been added or removed near the beginning of the file. In that case
|
||||
everything looks good it has just moved up or down a bit, and patch will
|
||||
usually adjust the line numbers and apply the patch.
|
||||
|
||||
Whenever patch applies a patch that it had to modify a bit to make it fit
|
||||
it'll tell you about it by saying the patch applied with 'fuzz'.
|
||||
You should be wary of such changes since even though patch probably got it
|
||||
right it doesn't /always/ get it right, and the result will sometimes be
|
||||
wrong.
|
||||
|
||||
When patch encounters a change that it can't fix up with fuzz it rejects it
|
||||
outright and leaves a file with a .rej extension (a reject file). You can
|
||||
read this file to see exactely what change couldn't be applied, so you can
|
||||
go fix it up by hand if you wish.
|
||||
|
||||
If you don't have any third party patches applied to your kernel source, but
|
||||
only patches from kernel.org and you apply the patches in the correct order,
|
||||
and have made no modifications yourself to the source files, then you should
|
||||
never see a fuzz or reject message from patch. If you do see such messages
|
||||
anyway, then there's a high risk that either your local source tree or the
|
||||
patch file is corrupted in some way. In that case you should probably try
|
||||
redownloading the patch and if things are still not OK then you'd be advised
|
||||
to start with a fresh tree downloaded in full from kernel.org.
|
||||
|
||||
Let's look a bit more at some of the messages patch can produce.
|
||||
|
||||
If patch stops and presents a "File to patch:" prompt, then patch could not
|
||||
find a file to be patched. Most likely you forgot to specify -p1 or you are
|
||||
in the wrong directory. Less often, you'll find patches that need to be
|
||||
applied with -p0 instead of -p1 (reading the patch file should reveal if
|
||||
this is the case - if so, then this is an error by the person who created
|
||||
the patch but is not fatal).
|
||||
|
||||
If you get "Hunk #2 succeeded at 1887 with fuzz 2 (offset 7 lines)." or a
|
||||
message similar to that, then it means that patch had to adjust the location
|
||||
of the change (in this example it needed to move 7 lines from where it
|
||||
expected to make the change to make it fit).
|
||||
The resulting file may or may not be OK, depending on the reason the file
|
||||
was different than expected.
|
||||
This often happens if you try to apply a patch that was generated against a
|
||||
different kernel version than the one you are trying to patch.
|
||||
|
||||
If you get a message like "Hunk #3 FAILED at 2387.", then it means that the
|
||||
patch could not be applied correctly and the patch program was unable to
|
||||
fuzz its way through. This will generate a .rej file with the change that
|
||||
caused the patch to fail and also a .orig file showing you the original
|
||||
content that couldn't be changed.
|
||||
|
||||
If you get "Reversed (or previously applied) patch detected! Assume -R? [n]"
|
||||
then patch detected that the change contained in the patch seems to have
|
||||
already been made.
|
||||
If you actually did apply this patch previously and you just re-applied it
|
||||
in error, then just say [n]o and abort this patch. If you applied this patch
|
||||
previously and actually intended to revert it, but forgot to specify -R,
|
||||
then you can say [y]es here to make patch revert it for you.
|
||||
This can also happen if the creator of the patch reversed the source and
|
||||
destination directories when creating the patch, and in that case reverting
|
||||
the patch will in fact apply it.
|
||||
|
||||
A message similar to "patch: **** unexpected end of file in patch" or "patch
|
||||
unexpectedly ends in middle of line" means that patch could make no sense of
|
||||
the file you fed to it. Either your download is broken or you tried to feed
|
||||
patch a compressed patch file without uncompressing it first.
|
||||
|
||||
As I already mentioned above, these errors should never happen if you apply
|
||||
a patch from kernel.org to the correct version of an unmodified source tree.
|
||||
So if you get these errors with kernel.org patches then you should probably
|
||||
assume that either your patch file or your tree is broken and I'd advice you
|
||||
to start over with a fresh download of a full kernel tree and the patch you
|
||||
wish to apply.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Are there any alternatives to `patch'?
|
||||
---
|
||||
Yes there are alternatives. You can use the `interdiff' program
|
||||
(http://cyberelk.net/tim/patchutils/) to generate a patch representing the
|
||||
differences between two patches and then apply the result.
|
||||
This will let you move from something like 2.6.12.2 to 2.6.12.3 in a single
|
||||
step. The -z flag to interdiff will even let you feed it patches in gzip or
|
||||
bzip2 compressed form directly without the use of zcat or bzcat or manual
|
||||
decompression.
|
||||
|
||||
Here's how you'd go from 2.6.12.2 to 2.6.12.3 in a single step:
|
||||
interdiff -z ../patch-2.6.12.2.bz2 ../patch-2.6.12.3.gz | patch -p1
|
||||
|
||||
Although interdiff may save you a step or two you are generally advised to
|
||||
do the additional steps since interdiff can get things wrong in some cases.
|
||||
|
||||
Another alternative is `ketchup', which is a python script for automatic
|
||||
downloading and applying of patches (http://www.selenic.com/ketchup/).
|
||||
|
||||
Other nice tools are diffstat which shows a summary of changes made by a
|
||||
patch, lsdiff which displays a short listing of affected files in a patch
|
||||
file, along with (optionally) the line numbers of the start of each patch
|
||||
and grepdiff which displays a list of the files modified by a patch where
|
||||
the patch contains a given regular expression.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Where can I download the patches?
|
||||
---
|
||||
The patches are available at http://kernel.org/
|
||||
Most recent patches are linked from the front page, but they also have
|
||||
specific homes.
|
||||
|
||||
The 2.6.x.y (-stable) and 2.6.x patches live at
|
||||
ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v2.6/
|
||||
|
||||
The -rc patches live at
|
||||
ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v2.6/testing/
|
||||
|
||||
The -git patches live at
|
||||
ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v2.6/snapshots/
|
||||
|
||||
The -mm kernels live at
|
||||
ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/akpm/patches/2.6/
|
||||
|
||||
In place of ftp.kernel.org you can use ftp.cc.kernel.org, where cc is a
|
||||
country code. This way you'll be downloading from a mirror site that's most
|
||||
likely geographically closer to you, resulting in faster downloads for you,
|
||||
less bandwidth used globally and less load on the main kernel.org servers -
|
||||
these are good things, do use mirrors when possible.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The 2.6.x kernels
|
||||
---
|
||||
These are the base stable releases released by Linus. The highest numbered
|
||||
release is the most recent.
|
||||
|
||||
If regressions or other serious flaws are found then a -stable fix patch
|
||||
will be released (see below) on top of this base. Once a new 2.6.x base
|
||||
kernel is released, a patch is made available that is a delta between the
|
||||
previous 2.6.x kernel and the new one.
|
||||
|
||||
To apply a patch moving from 2.6.11 to 2.6.12 you'd do the following (note
|
||||
that such patches do *NOT* apply on top of 2.6.x.y kernels but on top of the
|
||||
base 2.6.x kernel - if you need to move from 2.6.x.y to 2.6.x+1 you need to
|
||||
first revert the 2.6.x.y patch).
|
||||
|
||||
Here are some examples:
|
||||
|
||||
# moving from 2.6.11 to 2.6.12
|
||||
$ cd ~/linux-2.6.11 # change to kernel source dir
|
||||
$ patch -p1 < ../patch-2.6.12 # apply the 2.6.12 patch
|
||||
$ cd ..
|
||||
$ mv linux-2.6.11 linux-2.6.12 # rename source dir
|
||||
|
||||
# moving from 2.6.11.1 to 2.6.12
|
||||
$ cd ~/linux-2.6.11.1 # change to kernel source dir
|
||||
$ patch -p1 -R < ../patch-2.6.11.1 # revert the 2.6.11.1 patch
|
||||
# source dir is now 2.6.11
|
||||
$ patch -p1 < ../patch-2.6.12 # apply new 2.6.12 patch
|
||||
$ cd ..
|
||||
$ mv linux-2.6.11.1 inux-2.6.12 # rename source dir
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The 2.6.x.y kernels
|
||||
---
|
||||
Kernels with 4 digit versions are -stable kernels. They contain small(ish)
|
||||
critical fixes for security problems or significant regressions discovered
|
||||
in a given 2.6.x kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
This is the recommended branch for users who want the most recent stable
|
||||
kernel and are not interested in helping test development/experimental
|
||||
versions.
|
||||
|
||||
If no 2.6.x.y kernel is available, then the highest numbered 2.6.x kernel is
|
||||
the current stable kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
These patches are not incremental, meaning that for example the 2.6.12.3
|
||||
patch does not apply on top of the 2.6.12.2 kernel source, but rather on top
|
||||
of the base 2.6.12 kernel source.
|
||||
So, in order to apply the 2.6.12.3 patch to your existing 2.6.12.2 kernel
|
||||
source you have to first back out the 2.6.12.2 patch (so you are left with a
|
||||
base 2.6.12 kernel source) and then apply the new 2.6.12.3 patch.
|
||||
|
||||
Here's a small example:
|
||||
|
||||
$ cd ~/linux-2.6.12.2 # change into the kernel source dir
|
||||
$ patch -p1 -R < ../patch-2.6.12.2 # revert the 2.6.12.2 patch
|
||||
$ patch -p1 < ../patch-2.6.12.3 # apply the new 2.6.12.3 patch
|
||||
$ cd ..
|
||||
$ mv linux-2.6.12.2 linux-2.6.12.3 # rename the kernel source dir
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The -rc kernels
|
||||
---
|
||||
These are release-candidate kernels. These are development kernels released
|
||||
by Linus whenever he deems the current git (the kernel's source management
|
||||
tool) tree to be in a reasonably sane state adequate for testing.
|
||||
|
||||
These kernels are not stable and you should expect occasional breakage if
|
||||
you intend to run them. This is however the most stable of the main
|
||||
development branches and is also what will eventually turn into the next
|
||||
stable kernel, so it is important that it be tested by as many people as
|
||||
possible.
|
||||
|
||||
This is a good branch to run for people who want to help out testing
|
||||
development kernels but do not want to run some of the really experimental
|
||||
stuff (such people should see the sections about -git and -mm kernels below).
|
||||
|
||||
The -rc patches are not incremental, they apply to a base 2.6.x kernel, just
|
||||
like the 2.6.x.y patches described above. The kernel version before the -rcN
|
||||
suffix denotes the version of the kernel that this -rc kernel will eventually
|
||||
turn into.
|
||||
So, 2.6.13-rc5 means that this is the fifth release candidate for the 2.6.13
|
||||
kernel and the patch should be applied on top of the 2.6.12 kernel source.
|
||||
|
||||
Here are 3 examples of how to apply these patches:
|
||||
|
||||
# first an example of moving from 2.6.12 to 2.6.13-rc3
|
||||
$ cd ~/linux-2.6.12 # change into the 2.6.12 source dir
|
||||
$ patch -p1 < ../patch-2.6.13-rc3 # apply the 2.6.13-rc3 patch
|
||||
$ cd ..
|
||||
$ mv linux-2.6.12 linux-2.6.13-rc3 # rename the source dir
|
||||
|
||||
# now let's move from 2.6.13-rc3 to 2.6.13-rc5
|
||||
$ cd ~/linux-2.6.13-rc3 # change into the 2.6.13-rc3 dir
|
||||
$ patch -p1 -R < ../patch-2.6.13-rc3 # revert the 2.6.13-rc3 patch
|
||||
$ patch -p1 < ../patch-2.6.13-rc5 # apply the new 2.6.13-rc5 patch
|
||||
$ cd ..
|
||||
$ mv linux-2.6.13-rc3 linux-2.6.13-rc5 # rename the source dir
|
||||
|
||||
# finally let's try and move from 2.6.12.3 to 2.6.13-rc5
|
||||
$ cd ~/linux-2.6.12.3 # change to the kernel source dir
|
||||
$ patch -p1 -R < ../patch-2.6.12.3 # revert the 2.6.12.3 patch
|
||||
$ patch -p1 < ../patch-2.6.13-rc5 # apply new 2.6.13-rc5 patch
|
||||
$ cd ..
|
||||
$ mv linux-2.6.12.3 linux-2.6.13-rc5 # rename the kernel source dir
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The -git kernels
|
||||
---
|
||||
These are daily snapshots of Linus' kernel tree (managed in a git
|
||||
repository, hence the name).
|
||||
|
||||
These patches are usually released daily and represent the current state of
|
||||
Linus' tree. They are more experimental than -rc kernels since they are
|
||||
generated automatically without even a cursory glance to see if they are
|
||||
sane.
|
||||
|
||||
-git patches are not incremental and apply either to a base 2.6.x kernel or
|
||||
a base 2.6.x-rc kernel - you can see which from their name.
|
||||
A patch named 2.6.12-git1 applies to the 2.6.12 kernel source and a patch
|
||||
named 2.6.13-rc3-git2 applies to the source of the 2.6.13-rc3 kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
Here are some examples of how to apply these patches:
|
||||
|
||||
# moving from 2.6.12 to 2.6.12-git1
|
||||
$ cd ~/linux-2.6.12 # change to the kernel source dir
|
||||
$ patch -p1 < ../patch-2.6.12-git1 # apply the 2.6.12-git1 patch
|
||||
$ cd ..
|
||||
$ mv linux-2.6.12 linux-2.6.12-git1 # rename the kernel source dir
|
||||
|
||||
# moving from 2.6.12-git1 to 2.6.13-rc2-git3
|
||||
$ cd ~/linux-2.6.12-git1 # change to the kernel source dir
|
||||
$ patch -p1 -R < ../patch-2.6.12-git1 # revert the 2.6.12-git1 patch
|
||||
# we now have a 2.6.12 kernel
|
||||
$ patch -p1 < ../patch-2.6.13-rc2 # apply the 2.6.13-rc2 patch
|
||||
# the kernel is now 2.6.13-rc2
|
||||
$ patch -p1 < ../patch-2.6.13-rc2-git3 # apply the 2.6.13-rc2-git3 patch
|
||||
# the kernel is now 2.6.13-rc2-git3
|
||||
$ cd ..
|
||||
$ mv linux-2.6.12-git1 linux-2.6.13-rc2-git3 # rename source dir
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The -mm kernels
|
||||
---
|
||||
These are experimental kernels released by Andrew Morton.
|
||||
|
||||
The -mm tree serves as a sort of proving ground for new features and other
|
||||
experimental patches.
|
||||
Once a patch has proved its worth in -mm for a while Andrew pushes it on to
|
||||
Linus for inclusion in mainline.
|
||||
|
||||
Although it's encouraged that patches flow to Linus via the -mm tree, this
|
||||
is not always enforced.
|
||||
Subsystem maintainers (or individuals) sometimes push their patches directly
|
||||
to Linus, even though (or after) they have been merged and tested in -mm (or
|
||||
sometimes even without prior testing in -mm).
|
||||
|
||||
You should generally strive to get your patches into mainline via -mm to
|
||||
ensure maximum testing.
|
||||
|
||||
This branch is in constant flux and contains many experimental features, a
|
||||
lot of debugging patches not appropriate for mainline etc and is the most
|
||||
experimental of the branches described in this document.
|
||||
|
||||
These kernels are not appropriate for use on systems that are supposed to be
|
||||
stable and they are more risky to run than any of the other branches (make
|
||||
sure you have up-to-date backups - that goes for any experimental kernel but
|
||||
even more so for -mm kernels).
|
||||
|
||||
These kernels in addition to all the other experimental patches they contain
|
||||
usually also contain any changes in the mainline -git kernels available at
|
||||
the time of release.
|
||||
|
||||
Testing of -mm kernels is greatly appreciated since the whole point of the
|
||||
tree is to weed out regressions, crashes, data corruption bugs, build
|
||||
breakage (and any other bug in general) before changes are merged into the
|
||||
more stable mainline Linus tree.
|
||||
But testers of -mm should be aware that breakage in this tree is more common
|
||||
than in any other tree.
|
||||
|
||||
The -mm kernels are not released on a fixed schedule, but usually a few -mm
|
||||
kernels are released in between each -rc kernel (1 to 3 is common).
|
||||
The -mm kernels apply to either a base 2.6.x kernel (when no -rc kernels
|
||||
have been released yet) or to a Linus -rc kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
Here are some examples of applying the -mm patches:
|
||||
|
||||
# moving from 2.6.12 to 2.6.12-mm1
|
||||
$ cd ~/linux-2.6.12 # change to the 2.6.12 source dir
|
||||
$ patch -p1 < ../2.6.12-mm1 # apply the 2.6.12-mm1 patch
|
||||
$ cd ..
|
||||
$ mv linux-2.6.12 linux-2.6.12-mm1 # rename the source appropriately
|
||||
|
||||
# moving from 2.6.12-mm1 to 2.6.13-rc3-mm3
|
||||
$ cd ~/linux-2.6.12-mm1
|
||||
$ patch -p1 -R < ../2.6.12-mm1 # revert the 2.6.12-mm1 patch
|
||||
# we now have a 2.6.12 source
|
||||
$ patch -p1 < ../patch-2.6.13-rc3 # apply the 2.6.13-rc3 patch
|
||||
# we now have a 2.6.13-rc3 source
|
||||
$ patch -p1 < ../2.6.13-rc3-mm3 # apply the 2.6.13-rc3-mm3 patch
|
||||
$ cd ..
|
||||
$ mv linux-2.6.12-mm1 linux-2.6.13-rc3-mm3 # rename the source dir
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
This concludes this list of explanations of the various kernel trees and I
|
||||
hope you are now crystal clear on how to apply the various patches and help
|
||||
testing the kernel.
|
||||
|
@ -68,7 +68,8 @@ it a better device citizen. Further thanks to Joel Katz
|
||||
Porfiri Claudio <C.Porfiri@nisms.tei.ericsson.se> for patches
|
||||
to make the driver work with the older CDU-510/515 series, and
|
||||
Heiko Eissfeldt <heiko@colossus.escape.de> for pointing out that
|
||||
the verify_area() checks were ignoring the results of said checks.
|
||||
the verify_area() checks were ignoring the results of said checks
|
||||
(note: verify_area() has since been replaced by access_ok()).
|
||||
|
||||
(Acknowledgments from Ron Jeppesen in the 0.3 release:)
|
||||
Thanks to Corey Minyard who wrote the original CDU-31A driver on which
|
||||
|
@ -60,6 +60,18 @@ all of the cpus in the system. This removes any overhead due to
|
||||
load balancing code trying to pull tasks outside of the cpu exclusive
|
||||
cpuset only to be prevented by the tasks' cpus_allowed mask.
|
||||
|
||||
A cpuset that is mem_exclusive restricts kernel allocations for
|
||||
page, buffer and other data commonly shared by the kernel across
|
||||
multiple users. All cpusets, whether mem_exclusive or not, restrict
|
||||
allocations of memory for user space. This enables configuring a
|
||||
system so that several independent jobs can share common kernel
|
||||
data, such as file system pages, while isolating each jobs user
|
||||
allocation in its own cpuset. To do this, construct a large
|
||||
mem_exclusive cpuset to hold all the jobs, and construct child,
|
||||
non-mem_exclusive cpusets for each individual job. Only a small
|
||||
amount of typical kernel memory, such as requests from interrupt
|
||||
handlers, is allowed to be taken outside even a mem_exclusive cpuset.
|
||||
|
||||
User level code may create and destroy cpusets by name in the cpuset
|
||||
virtual file system, manage the attributes and permissions of these
|
||||
cpusets and which CPUs and Memory Nodes are assigned to each cpuset,
|
||||
|
@ -223,6 +223,7 @@ CAST5 algorithm contributors:
|
||||
|
||||
TEA/XTEA algorithm contributors:
|
||||
Aaron Grothe
|
||||
Michael Ringe
|
||||
|
||||
Khazad algorithm contributors:
|
||||
Aaron Grothe
|
||||
|
91
Documentation/dcdbas.txt
Normal file
91
Documentation/dcdbas.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
|
||||
Overview
|
||||
|
||||
The Dell Systems Management Base Driver provides a sysfs interface for
|
||||
systems management software such as Dell OpenManage to perform system
|
||||
management interrupts and host control actions (system power cycle or
|
||||
power off after OS shutdown) on certain Dell systems.
|
||||
|
||||
Dell OpenManage requires this driver on the following Dell PowerEdge systems:
|
||||
300, 1300, 1400, 400SC, 500SC, 1500SC, 1550, 600SC, 1600SC, 650, 1655MC,
|
||||
700, and 750. Other Dell software such as the open source libsmbios project
|
||||
is expected to make use of this driver, and it may include the use of this
|
||||
driver on other Dell systems.
|
||||
|
||||
The Dell libsmbios project aims towards providing access to as much BIOS
|
||||
information as possible. See http://linux.dell.com/libsmbios/main/ for
|
||||
more information about the libsmbios project.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
System Management Interrupt
|
||||
|
||||
On some Dell systems, systems management software must access certain
|
||||
management information via a system management interrupt (SMI). The SMI data
|
||||
buffer must reside in 32-bit address space, and the physical address of the
|
||||
buffer is required for the SMI. The driver maintains the memory required for
|
||||
the SMI and provides a way for the application to generate the SMI.
|
||||
The driver creates the following sysfs entries for systems management
|
||||
software to perform these system management interrupts:
|
||||
|
||||
/sys/devices/platform/dcdbas/smi_data
|
||||
/sys/devices/platform/dcdbas/smi_data_buf_phys_addr
|
||||
/sys/devices/platform/dcdbas/smi_data_buf_size
|
||||
/sys/devices/platform/dcdbas/smi_request
|
||||
|
||||
Systems management software must perform the following steps to execute
|
||||
a SMI using this driver:
|
||||
|
||||
1) Lock smi_data.
|
||||
2) Write system management command to smi_data.
|
||||
3) Write "1" to smi_request to generate a calling interface SMI or
|
||||
"2" to generate a raw SMI.
|
||||
4) Read system management command response from smi_data.
|
||||
5) Unlock smi_data.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Host Control Action
|
||||
|
||||
Dell OpenManage supports a host control feature that allows the administrator
|
||||
to perform a power cycle or power off of the system after the OS has finished
|
||||
shutting down. On some Dell systems, this host control feature requires that
|
||||
a driver perform a SMI after the OS has finished shutting down.
|
||||
|
||||
The driver creates the following sysfs entries for systems management software
|
||||
to schedule the driver to perform a power cycle or power off host control
|
||||
action after the system has finished shutting down:
|
||||
|
||||
/sys/devices/platform/dcdbas/host_control_action
|
||||
/sys/devices/platform/dcdbas/host_control_smi_type
|
||||
/sys/devices/platform/dcdbas/host_control_on_shutdown
|
||||
|
||||
Dell OpenManage performs the following steps to execute a power cycle or
|
||||
power off host control action using this driver:
|
||||
|
||||
1) Write host control action to be performed to host_control_action.
|
||||
2) Write type of SMI that driver needs to perform to host_control_smi_type.
|
||||
3) Write "1" to host_control_on_shutdown to enable host control action.
|
||||
4) Initiate OS shutdown.
|
||||
(Driver will perform host control SMI when it is notified that the OS
|
||||
has finished shutting down.)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Host Control SMI Type
|
||||
|
||||
The following table shows the value to write to host_control_smi_type to
|
||||
perform a power cycle or power off host control action:
|
||||
|
||||
PowerEdge System Host Control SMI Type
|
||||
---------------- ---------------------
|
||||
300 HC_SMITYPE_TYPE1
|
||||
1300 HC_SMITYPE_TYPE1
|
||||
1400 HC_SMITYPE_TYPE2
|
||||
500SC HC_SMITYPE_TYPE2
|
||||
1500SC HC_SMITYPE_TYPE2
|
||||
1550 HC_SMITYPE_TYPE2
|
||||
600SC HC_SMITYPE_TYPE2
|
||||
1600SC HC_SMITYPE_TYPE2
|
||||
650 HC_SMITYPE_TYPE2
|
||||
1655MC HC_SMITYPE_TYPE2
|
||||
700 HC_SMITYPE_TYPE3
|
||||
750 HC_SMITYPE_TYPE3
|
||||
|
||||
|
74
Documentation/dell_rbu.txt
Normal file
74
Documentation/dell_rbu.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
|
||||
Purpose:
|
||||
Demonstrate the usage of the new open sourced rbu (Remote BIOS Update) driver
|
||||
for updating BIOS images on Dell servers and desktops.
|
||||
|
||||
Scope:
|
||||
This document discusses the functionality of the rbu driver only.
|
||||
It does not cover the support needed from aplications to enable the BIOS to
|
||||
update itself with the image downloaded in to the memory.
|
||||
|
||||
Overview:
|
||||
This driver works with Dell OpenManage or Dell Update Packages for updating
|
||||
the BIOS on Dell servers (starting from servers sold since 1999), desktops
|
||||
and notebooks (starting from those sold in 2005).
|
||||
Please go to http://support.dell.com register and you can find info on
|
||||
OpenManage and Dell Update packages (DUP).
|
||||
|
||||
Dell_RBU driver supports BIOS update using the monilothic image and packetized
|
||||
image methods. In case of moniolithic the driver allocates a contiguous chunk
|
||||
of physical pages having the BIOS image. In case of packetized the app
|
||||
using the driver breaks the image in to packets of fixed sizes and the driver
|
||||
would place each packet in contiguous physical memory. The driver also
|
||||
maintains a link list of packets for reading them back.
|
||||
If the dell_rbu driver is unloaded all the allocated memory is freed.
|
||||
|
||||
The rbu driver needs to have an application which will inform the BIOS to
|
||||
enable the update in the next system reboot.
|
||||
|
||||
The user should not unload the rbu driver after downloading the BIOS image
|
||||
or updating.
|
||||
|
||||
The driver load creates the following directories under the /sys file system.
|
||||
/sys/class/firmware/dell_rbu/loading
|
||||
/sys/class/firmware/dell_rbu/data
|
||||
/sys/devices/platform/dell_rbu/image_type
|
||||
/sys/devices/platform/dell_rbu/data
|
||||
|
||||
The driver supports two types of update mechanism; monolithic and packetized.
|
||||
These update mechanism depends upon the BIOS currently running on the system.
|
||||
Most of the Dell systems support a monolithic update where the BIOS image is
|
||||
copied to a single contiguous block of physical memory.
|
||||
In case of packet mechanism the single memory can be broken in smaller chuks
|
||||
of contiguous memory and the BIOS image is scattered in these packets.
|
||||
|
||||
By default the driver uses monolithic memory for the update type. This can be
|
||||
changed to contiguous during the driver load time by specifying the load
|
||||
parameter image_type=packet. This can also be changed later as below
|
||||
echo packet > /sys/devices/platform/dell_rbu/image_type
|
||||
|
||||
Do the steps below to download the BIOS image.
|
||||
1) echo 1 > /sys/class/firmware/dell_rbu/loading
|
||||
2) cp bios_image.hdr /sys/class/firmware/dell_rbu/data
|
||||
3) echo 0 > /sys/class/firmware/dell_rbu/loading
|
||||
|
||||
The /sys/class/firmware/dell_rbu/ entries will remain till the following is
|
||||
done.
|
||||
echo -1 > /sys/class/firmware/dell_rbu/loading
|
||||
|
||||
Until this step is completed the drivr cannot be unloaded.
|
||||
|
||||
Also the driver provides /sys/devices/platform/dell_rbu/data readonly file to
|
||||
read back the image downloaded. This is useful in case of packet update
|
||||
mechanism where the above steps 1,2,3 will repeated for every packet.
|
||||
By reading the /sys/devices/platform/dell_rbu/data file all packet data
|
||||
downloaded can be verified in a single file.
|
||||
The packets are arranged in this file one after the other in a FIFO order.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE:
|
||||
This driver requires a patch for firmware_class.c which has the addition
|
||||
of request_firmware_nowait_nohotplug function to wortk
|
||||
Also after updating the BIOS image an user mdoe application neeeds to execute
|
||||
code which message the BIOS update request to the BIOS. So on the next reboot
|
||||
the BIOS knows about the new image downloaded and it updates it self.
|
||||
Also don't unload the rbu drive if the image has to be updated.
|
||||
|
@ -1,55 +1,74 @@
|
||||
How to get the Nebula Electronics DigiTV, Pinnacle PCTV Sat, Twinhan DST + clones working
|
||||
=========================================================================================
|
||||
How to get the Nebula, PCTV and Twinhan DST cards working
|
||||
=========================================================
|
||||
|
||||
1) General information
|
||||
======================
|
||||
This class of cards has a bt878a as the PCI interface, and
|
||||
require the bttv driver.
|
||||
|
||||
This class of cards has a bt878a chip as the PCI interface.
|
||||
The different card drivers require the bttv driver to provide the means
|
||||
to access the i2c bus and the gpio pins of the bt8xx chipset.
|
||||
Please pay close attention to the warning about the bttv module
|
||||
options below for the DST card.
|
||||
|
||||
2) Compilation rules for Kernel >= 2.6.12
|
||||
=========================================
|
||||
1) General informations
|
||||
=======================
|
||||
|
||||
Enable the following options:
|
||||
These drivers require the bttv driver to provide the means to access
|
||||
the i2c bus and the gpio pins of the bt8xx chipset.
|
||||
|
||||
Because of this, you need to enable
|
||||
"Device drivers" => "Multimedia devices"
|
||||
=> "Video For Linux" => "BT848 Video For Linux"
|
||||
"Device drivers" => "Multimedia devices" => "Digital Video Broadcasting Devices"
|
||||
=> "DVB for Linux" "DVB Core Support" "Nebula/Pinnacle PCTV/TwinHan PCI Cards"
|
||||
=> "Video For Linux" => "BT848 Video For Linux"
|
||||
|
||||
3) Loading Modules, described by two approaches
|
||||
===============================================
|
||||
Furthermore you need to enable
|
||||
"Device drivers" => "Multimedia devices" => "Digital Video Broadcasting Devices"
|
||||
=> "DVB for Linux" "DVB Core Support" "BT8xx based PCI cards"
|
||||
|
||||
2) Loading Modules
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
In general you need to load the bttv driver, which will handle the gpio and
|
||||
i2c communication for us, plus the common dvb-bt8xx device driver,
|
||||
which is called the backend.
|
||||
The frontends for Nebula DigiTV (nxt6000), Pinnacle PCTV Sat (cx24110),
|
||||
TwinHan DST + clones (dst and dst-ca) are loaded automatically by the backend.
|
||||
For further details about TwinHan DST + clones see /Documentation/dvb/ci.txt.
|
||||
i2c communication for us, plus the common dvb-bt8xx device driver.
|
||||
The frontends for Nebula (nxt6000), Pinnacle PCTV (cx24110) and
|
||||
TwinHan (dst) are loaded automatically by the dvb-bt8xx device driver.
|
||||
|
||||
3a) The manual approach
|
||||
-----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Loading modules:
|
||||
modprobe bttv
|
||||
modprobe dvb-bt8xx
|
||||
|
||||
Unloading modules:
|
||||
modprobe -r dvb-bt8xx
|
||||
modprobe -r bttv
|
||||
|
||||
3b) The automatic approach
|
||||
3a) Nebula / Pinnacle PCTV
|
||||
--------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
If not already done by installation, place a line either in
|
||||
/etc/modules.conf or in /etc/modprobe.conf containing this text:
|
||||
alias char-major-81 bttv
|
||||
$ modprobe bttv (normally bttv is being loaded automatically by kmod)
|
||||
$ modprobe dvb-bt8xx (or just place dvb-bt8xx in /etc/modules for automatic loading)
|
||||
|
||||
Then place a line in /etc/modules containing this text:
|
||||
dvb-bt8xx
|
||||
|
||||
Reboot your system and have fun!
|
||||
3b) TwinHan and Clones
|
||||
--------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
$ modprobe bttv i2c_hw=1 card=0x71
|
||||
$ modprobe dvb-bt8xx
|
||||
$ modprobe dst
|
||||
|
||||
The value 0x71 will override the PCI type detection for dvb-bt8xx,
|
||||
which is necessary for TwinHan cards.
|
||||
|
||||
If you're having an older card (blue color circuit) and card=0x71 locks
|
||||
your machine, try using 0x68, too. If that does not work, ask on the
|
||||
mailing list.
|
||||
|
||||
The DST module takes a couple of useful parameters.
|
||||
|
||||
verbose takes values 0 to 4. These values control the verbosity level,
|
||||
and can be used to debug also.
|
||||
|
||||
verbose=0 means complete disabling of messages
|
||||
1 only error messages are displayed
|
||||
2 notifications are also displayed
|
||||
3 informational messages are also displayed
|
||||
4 debug setting
|
||||
|
||||
dst_addons takes values 0 and 0x20. A value of 0 means it is a FTA card.
|
||||
0x20 means it has a Conditional Access slot.
|
||||
|
||||
The autodected values are determined bythe cards 'response
|
||||
string' which you can see in your logs e.g.
|
||||
|
||||
dst_get_device_id: Recognise [DSTMCI]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--
|
||||
Authors: Richard Walker, Jamie Honan, Michael Hunold, Manu Abraham, Uwe Bugla
|
||||
Authors: Richard Walker, Jamie Honan, Michael Hunold, Manu Abraham
|
||||
|
@ -23,7 +23,6 @@ This application requires the following to function properly as of now.
|
||||
eg: $ szap -c channels.conf -r "TMC" -x
|
||||
|
||||
(b) a channels.conf containing a valid PMT PID
|
||||
|
||||
eg: TMC:11996:h:0:27500:278:512:650:321
|
||||
|
||||
here 278 is a valid PMT PID. the rest of the values are the
|
||||
@ -31,13 +30,7 @@ This application requires the following to function properly as of now.
|
||||
|
||||
(c) after running a szap, you have to run ca_zap, for the
|
||||
descrambler to function,
|
||||
|
||||
eg: $ ca_zap patched_channels.conf "TMC"
|
||||
|
||||
The patched means a patch to apply to scan, such that scan can
|
||||
generate a channels.conf_with pmt, which has this PMT PID info
|
||||
(NOTE: szap cannot use this channels.conf with the PMT_PID)
|
||||
|
||||
eg: $ ca_zap channels.conf "TMC"
|
||||
|
||||
(d) Hopeflly Enjoy your favourite subscribed channel as you do with
|
||||
a FTA card.
|
||||
|
@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ To protect itself the kernel has to verify this address.
|
||||
|
||||
In older versions of Linux this was done with the
|
||||
int verify_area(int type, const void * addr, unsigned long size)
|
||||
function.
|
||||
function (which has since been replaced by access_ok()).
|
||||
|
||||
This function verified that the memory area starting at address
|
||||
addr and of size size was accessible for the operation specified
|
||||
|
14
Documentation/fb/cyblafb/bugs
Normal file
14
Documentation/fb/cyblafb/bugs
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
||||
Bugs
|
||||
====
|
||||
|
||||
I currently don't know of any bug. Please do send reports to:
|
||||
- linux-fbdev-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
- Knut_Petersen@t-online.de.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Untested features
|
||||
=================
|
||||
|
||||
All LCD stuff is untested. If it worked in tridentfb, it should work in
|
||||
cyblafb. Please test and report the results to Knut_Petersen@t-online.de.
|
||||
|
7
Documentation/fb/cyblafb/credits
Normal file
7
Documentation/fb/cyblafb/credits
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
||||
Thanks to
|
||||
=========
|
||||
* Alan Hourihane, for writing the X trident driver
|
||||
* Jani Monoses, for writing the tridentfb driver
|
||||
* Antonino A. Daplas, for review of the first published
|
||||
version of cyblafb and some code
|
||||
* Jochen Hein, for testing and a helpfull bug report
|
17
Documentation/fb/cyblafb/documentation
Normal file
17
Documentation/fb/cyblafb/documentation
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
||||
Available Documentation
|
||||
=======================
|
||||
|
||||
Apollo PLE 133 Chipset VT8601A North Bridge Datasheet, Rev. 1.82, October 22,
|
||||
2001, available from VIA:
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.viavpsd.com/product/6/15/DS8601A182.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
The datasheet is incomplete, some registers that need to be programmed are not
|
||||
explained at all and important bits are listed as "reserved". But you really
|
||||
need the datasheet to understand the code. "p. xxx" comments refer to page
|
||||
numbers of this document.
|
||||
|
||||
XFree/XOrg drivers are available and of good quality, looking at the code
|
||||
there is a good idea if the datasheet does not provide enough information
|
||||
or if the datasheet seems to be wrong.
|
||||
|
155
Documentation/fb/cyblafb/fb.modes
Normal file
155
Documentation/fb/cyblafb/fb.modes
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Sample fb.modes file
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Provides an incomplete list of working modes for
|
||||
# the cyberblade/i1 graphics core.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The value 4294967256 is used instead of -40. Of course, -40 is not
|
||||
# a really reasonable value, but chip design does not always follow
|
||||
# logic. Believe me, it's ok, and it's the way the BIOS does it.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# fbset requires 4294967256 in fb.modes and -40 as an argument to
|
||||
# the -t parameter. That's also not too reasonable, and it might change
|
||||
# in the future or might even be differt for your current version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
mode "640x480-50"
|
||||
geometry 640 480 640 3756 8
|
||||
timings 47619 4294967256 24 17 0 216 3
|
||||
endmode
|
||||
|
||||
mode "640x480-60"
|
||||
geometry 640 480 640 3756 8
|
||||
timings 39682 4294967256 24 17 0 216 3
|
||||
endmode
|
||||
|
||||
mode "640x480-70"
|
||||
geometry 640 480 640 3756 8
|
||||
timings 34013 4294967256 24 17 0 216 3
|
||||
endmode
|
||||
|
||||
mode "640x480-72"
|
||||
geometry 640 480 640 3756 8
|
||||
timings 33068 4294967256 24 17 0 216 3
|
||||
endmode
|
||||
|
||||
mode "640x480-75"
|
||||
geometry 640 480 640 3756 8
|
||||
timings 31746 4294967256 24 17 0 216 3
|
||||
endmode
|
||||
|
||||
mode "640x480-80"
|
||||
geometry 640 480 640 3756 8
|
||||
timings 29761 4294967256 24 17 0 216 3
|
||||
endmode
|
||||
|
||||
mode "640x480-85"
|
||||
geometry 640 480 640 3756 8
|
||||
timings 28011 4294967256 24 17 0 216 3
|
||||
endmode
|
||||
|
||||
mode "800x600-50"
|
||||
geometry 800 600 800 3221 8
|
||||
timings 30303 96 24 14 0 136 11
|
||||
endmode
|
||||
|
||||
mode "800x600-60"
|
||||
geometry 800 600 800 3221 8
|
||||
timings 25252 96 24 14 0 136 11
|
||||
endmode
|
||||
|
||||
mode "800x600-70"
|
||||
geometry 800 600 800 3221 8
|
||||
timings 21645 96 24 14 0 136 11
|
||||
endmode
|
||||
|
||||
mode "800x600-72"
|
||||
geometry 800 600 800 3221 8
|
||||
timings 21043 96 24 14 0 136 11
|
||||
endmode
|
||||
|
||||
mode "800x600-75"
|
||||
geometry 800 600 800 3221 8
|
||||
timings 20202 96 24 14 0 136 11
|
||||
endmode
|
||||
|
||||
mode "800x600-80"
|
||||
geometry 800 600 800 3221 8
|
||||
timings 18939 96 24 14 0 136 11
|
||||
endmode
|
||||
|
||||
mode "800x600-85"
|
||||
geometry 800 600 800 3221 8
|
||||
timings 17825 96 24 14 0 136 11
|
||||
endmode
|
||||
|
||||
mode "1024x768-50"
|
||||
geometry 1024 768 1024 2815 8
|
||||
timings 19054 144 24 29 0 120 3
|
||||
endmode
|
||||
|
||||
mode "1024x768-60"
|
||||
geometry 1024 768 1024 2815 8
|
||||
timings 15880 144 24 29 0 120 3
|
||||
endmode
|
||||
|
||||
mode "1024x768-70"
|
||||
geometry 1024 768 1024 2815 8
|
||||
timings 13610 144 24 29 0 120 3
|
||||
endmode
|
||||
|
||||
mode "1024x768-72"
|
||||
geometry 1024 768 1024 2815 8
|
||||
timings 13232 144 24 29 0 120 3
|
||||
endmode
|
||||
|
||||
mode "1024x768-75"
|
||||
geometry 1024 768 1024 2815 8
|
||||
timings 12703 144 24 29 0 120 3
|
||||
endmode
|
||||
|
||||
mode "1024x768-80"
|
||||
geometry 1024 768 1024 2815 8
|
||||
timings 11910 144 24 29 0 120 3
|
||||
endmode
|
||||
|
||||
mode "1024x768-85"
|
||||
geometry 1024 768 1024 2815 8
|
||||
timings 11209 144 24 29 0 120 3
|
||||
endmode
|
||||
|
||||
mode "1280x1024-50"
|
||||
geometry 1280 1024 1280 2662 8
|
||||
timings 11114 232 16 39 0 160 3
|
||||
endmode
|
||||
|
||||
mode "1280x1024-60"
|
||||
geometry 1280 1024 1280 2662 8
|
||||
timings 9262 232 16 39 0 160 3
|
||||
endmode
|
||||
|
||||
mode "1280x1024-70"
|
||||
geometry 1280 1024 1280 2662 8
|
||||
timings 7939 232 16 39 0 160 3
|
||||
endmode
|
||||
|
||||
mode "1280x1024-72"
|
||||
geometry 1280 1024 1280 2662 8
|
||||
timings 7719 232 16 39 0 160 3
|
||||
endmode
|
||||
|
||||
mode "1280x1024-75"
|
||||
geometry 1280 1024 1280 2662 8
|
||||
timings 7410 232 16 39 0 160 3
|
||||
endmode
|
||||
|
||||
mode "1280x1024-80"
|
||||
geometry 1280 1024 1280 2662 8
|
||||
timings 6946 232 16 39 0 160 3
|
||||
endmode
|
||||
|
||||
mode "1280x1024-85"
|
||||
geometry 1280 1024 1280 2662 8
|
||||
timings 6538 232 16 39 0 160 3
|
||||
endmode
|
||||
|
80
Documentation/fb/cyblafb/performance
Normal file
80
Documentation/fb/cyblafb/performance
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
|
||||
Speed
|
||||
=====
|
||||
|
||||
CyBlaFB is much faster than tridentfb and vesafb. Compare the performance data
|
||||
for mode 1280x1024-[8,16,32]@61 Hz.
|
||||
|
||||
Test 1: Cat a file with 2000 lines of 0 characters.
|
||||
Test 2: Cat a file with 2000 lines of 80 characters.
|
||||
Test 3: Cat a file with 2000 lines of 160 characters.
|
||||
|
||||
All values show system time use in seconds, kernel 2.6.12 was used for
|
||||
the measurements. 2.6.13 is a bit slower, 2.6.14 hopefully will include a
|
||||
patch that speeds up kernel bitblitting a lot ( > 20%).
|
||||
|
||||
+-----------+-----------------------------------------------------+
|
||||
| | not accelerated |
|
||||
| TRIDENTFB +-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
||||
| of 2.6.12 | 8 bpp | 16 bpp | 32 bpp |
|
||||
| | noypan | ypan | noypan | ypan | noypan | ypan |
|
||||
+-----------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+
|
||||
| Test 1 | 4.31 | 4.33 | 6.05 | 12.81 | ---- | ---- |
|
||||
| Test 2 | 67.94 | 5.44 | 123.16 | 14.79 | ---- | ---- |
|
||||
| Test 3 | 131.36 | 6.55 | 240.12 | 16.76 | ---- | ---- |
|
||||
+-----------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+
|
||||
| Comments | | | completely bro- |
|
||||
| | | | ken, monitor |
|
||||
| | | | switches off |
|
||||
+-----------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
+-----------+-----------------------------------------------------+
|
||||
| | accelerated |
|
||||
| TRIDENTFB +-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
||||
| of 2.6.12 | 8 bpp | 16 bpp | 32 bpp |
|
||||
| | noypan | ypan | noypan | ypan | noypan | ypan |
|
||||
+-----------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+
|
||||
| Test 1 | ---- | ---- | 20.62 | 1.22 | ---- | ---- |
|
||||
| Test 2 | ---- | ---- | 22.61 | 3.19 | ---- | ---- |
|
||||
| Test 3 | ---- | ---- | 24.59 | 5.16 | ---- | ---- |
|
||||
+-----------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+
|
||||
| Comments | broken, writing | broken, ok only | completely bro- |
|
||||
| | to wrong places | if bgcolor is | ken, monitor |
|
||||
| | on screen + bug | black, bug in | switches off |
|
||||
| | in fillrect() | fillrect() | |
|
||||
+-----------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
+-----------+-----------------------------------------------------+
|
||||
| | not accelerated |
|
||||
| VESAFB +-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
||||
| of 2.6.12 | 8 bpp | 16 bpp | 32 bpp |
|
||||
| | noypan | ypan | noypan | ypan | noypan | ypan |
|
||||
+-----------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+
|
||||
| Test 1 | 4.26 | 3.76 | 5.99 | 7.23 | ---- | ---- |
|
||||
| Test 2 | 65.65 | 4.89 | 120.88 | 9.08 | ---- | ---- |
|
||||
| Test 3 | 126.91 | 5.94 | 235.77 | 11.03 | ---- | ---- |
|
||||
+-----------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+
|
||||
| Comments | vga=0x307 | vga=0x31a | vga=0x31b not |
|
||||
| | fh=80kHz | fh=80kHz | supported by |
|
||||
| | fv=75kHz | fv=75kHz | video BIOS and |
|
||||
| | | | hardware |
|
||||
+-----------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
+-----------+-----------------------------------------------------+
|
||||
| | accelerated |
|
||||
| CYBLAFB +-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
||||
| | 8 bpp | 16 bpp | 32 bpp |
|
||||
| | noypan | ypan | noypan | ypan | noypan | ypan |
|
||||
+-----------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+
|
||||
| Test 1 | 8.02 | 0.23 | 19.04 | 0.61 | 57.12 | 2.74 |
|
||||
| Test 2 | 8.38 | 0.55 | 19.39 | 0.92 | 57.54 | 3.13 |
|
||||
| Test 3 | 8.73 | 0.86 | 19.74 | 1.24 | 57.95 | 3.51 |
|
||||
+-----------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+
|
||||
| Comments | | | |
|
||||
| | | | |
|
||||
| | | | |
|
||||
| | | | |
|
||||
+-----------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
||||
|
32
Documentation/fb/cyblafb/todo
Normal file
32
Documentation/fb/cyblafb/todo
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
|
||||
TODO / Missing features
|
||||
=======================
|
||||
|
||||
Verify LCD stuff "stretch" and "center" options are
|
||||
completely untested ... this code needs to be
|
||||
verified. As I don't have access to such
|
||||
hardware, please contact me if you are
|
||||
willing run some tests.
|
||||
|
||||
Interlaced video modes The reason that interleaved
|
||||
modes are disabled is that I do not know
|
||||
the meaning of the vertical interlace
|
||||
parameter. Also the datasheet mentions a
|
||||
bit d8 of a horizontal interlace parameter,
|
||||
but nowhere the lower 8 bits. Please help
|
||||
if you can.
|
||||
|
||||
low-res double scan modes Who needs it?
|
||||
|
||||
accelerated color blitting Who needs it? The console driver does use color
|
||||
blitting for nothing but drawing the penguine,
|
||||
everything else is done using color expanding
|
||||
blitting of 1bpp character bitmaps.
|
||||
|
||||
xpanning Who needs it?
|
||||
|
||||
ioctls Who needs it?
|
||||
|
||||
TV-out Will be done later
|
||||
|
||||
??? Feel free to contact me if you have any
|
||||
feature requests
|
206
Documentation/fb/cyblafb/usage
Normal file
206
Documentation/fb/cyblafb/usage
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
|
||||
CyBlaFB is a framebuffer driver for the Cyberblade/i1 graphics core integrated
|
||||
into the VIA Apollo PLE133 (aka vt8601) south bridge. It is developed and
|
||||
tested using a VIA EPIA 5000 board.
|
||||
|
||||
Cyblafb - compiled into the kernel or as a module?
|
||||
==================================================
|
||||
|
||||
You might compile cyblafb either as a module or compile it permanently into the
|
||||
kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
Unless you have a real reason to do so you should not compile both vesafb and
|
||||
cyblafb permanently into the kernel. It's possible and it helps during the
|
||||
developement cycle, but it's useless and will at least block some otherwise
|
||||
usefull memory for ordinary users.
|
||||
|
||||
Selecting Modes
|
||||
===============
|
||||
|
||||
Startup Mode
|
||||
============
|
||||
|
||||
First of all, you might use the "vga=???" boot parameter as it is
|
||||
documented in vesafb.txt and svga.txt. Cyblafb will detect the video
|
||||
mode selected and will use the geometry and timings found by
|
||||
inspecting the hardware registers.
|
||||
|
||||
video=cyblafb vga=0x317
|
||||
|
||||
Alternatively you might use a combination of the mode, ref and bpp
|
||||
parameters. If you compiled the driver into the kernel, add something
|
||||
like this to the kernel command line:
|
||||
|
||||
video=cyblafb:1280x1024,bpp=16,ref=50 ...
|
||||
|
||||
If you compiled the driver as a module, the same mode would be
|
||||
selected by the following command:
|
||||
|
||||
modprobe cyblafb mode=1280x1024 bpp=16 ref=50 ...
|
||||
|
||||
None of the modes possible to select as startup modes are affected by
|
||||
the problems described at the end of the next subsection.
|
||||
|
||||
Mode changes using fbset
|
||||
========================
|
||||
|
||||
You might use fbset to change the video mode, see "man fbset". Cyblafb
|
||||
generally does assume that you know what you are doing. But it does
|
||||
some checks, especially those that are needed to prevent you from
|
||||
damaging your hardware.
|
||||
|
||||
- only 8, 16, 24 and 32 bpp video modes are accepted
|
||||
- interlaced video modes are not accepted
|
||||
- double scan video modes are not accepted
|
||||
- if a flat panel is found, cyblafb does not allow you
|
||||
to program a resolution higher than the physical
|
||||
resolution of the flat panel monitor
|
||||
- cyblafb does not allow xres to differ from xres_virtual
|
||||
- cyblafb does not allow vclk to exceed 230 MHz. As 32 bpp
|
||||
and (currently) 24 bit modes use a doubled vclk internally,
|
||||
the dotclock limit as seen by fbset is 115 MHz for those
|
||||
modes and 230 MHz for 8 and 16 bpp modes.
|
||||
|
||||
Any request that violates the rules given above will be ignored and
|
||||
fbset will return an error.
|
||||
|
||||
If you program a virtual y resolution higher than the hardware limit,
|
||||
cyblafb will silently decrease that value to the highest possible
|
||||
value.
|
||||
|
||||
Attempts to disable acceleration are ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
Some video modes that should work do not work as expected. If you use
|
||||
the standard fb.modes, fbset 640x480-60 will program that mode, but
|
||||
you will see a vertical area, about two characters wide, with only
|
||||
much darker characters than the other characters on the screen.
|
||||
Cyblafb does allow that mode to be set, as it does not violate the
|
||||
official specifications. It would need a lot of code to reliably sort
|
||||
out all invalid modes, playing around with the margin values will
|
||||
give a valid mode quickly. And if cyblafb would detect such an invalid
|
||||
mode, should it silently alter the requested values or should it
|
||||
report an error? Both options have some pros and cons. As stated
|
||||
above, none of the startup modes are affected, and if you set
|
||||
verbosity to 1 or higher, cyblafb will print the fbset command that
|
||||
would be needed to program that mode using fbset.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Other Parameters
|
||||
================
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
crt don't autodetect, assume monitor connected to
|
||||
standard VGA connector
|
||||
|
||||
fp don't autodetect, assume flat panel display
|
||||
connected to flat panel monitor interface
|
||||
|
||||
nativex inform driver about native x resolution of
|
||||
flat panel monitor connected to special
|
||||
interface (should be autodetected)
|
||||
|
||||
stretch stretch image to adapt low resolution modes to
|
||||
higer resolutions of flat panel monitors
|
||||
connected to special interface
|
||||
|
||||
center center image to adapt low resolution modes to
|
||||
higer resolutions of flat panel monitors
|
||||
connected to special interface
|
||||
|
||||
memsize use if autodetected memsize is wrong ...
|
||||
should never be necessary
|
||||
|
||||
nopcirr disable PCI read retry
|
||||
nopciwr disable PCI write retry
|
||||
nopcirb disable PCI read bursts
|
||||
nopciwb disable PCI write bursts
|
||||
|
||||
bpp bpp for specified modes
|
||||
valid values: 8 || 16 || 24 || 32
|
||||
|
||||
ref refresh rate for specified mode
|
||||
valid values: 50 <= ref <= 85
|
||||
|
||||
mode 640x480 or 800x600 or 1024x768 or 1280x1024
|
||||
if not specified, the startup mode will be detected
|
||||
and used, so you might also use the vga=??? parameter
|
||||
described in vesafb.txt. If you do not specify a mode,
|
||||
bpp and ref parameters are ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
verbosity 0 is the default, increase to at least 2 for every
|
||||
bug report!
|
||||
|
||||
vesafb allows cyblafb to be loaded after vesafb has been
|
||||
loaded. See sections "Module unloading ...".
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Development hints
|
||||
=================
|
||||
|
||||
It's much faster do compile a module and to load the new version after
|
||||
unloading the old module than to compile a new kernel and to reboot. So if you
|
||||
try to work on cyblafb, it might be a good idea to use cyblafb as a module.
|
||||
In real life, fast often means dangerous, and that's also the case here. If
|
||||
you introduce a serious bug when cyblafb is compiled into the kernel, the
|
||||
kernel will lock or oops with a high probability before the file system is
|
||||
mounted, and the danger for your data is low. If you load a broken own version
|
||||
of cyblafb on a running system, the danger for the integrity of the file
|
||||
system is much higher as you might need a hard reset afterwards. Decide
|
||||
yourself.
|
||||
|
||||
Module unloading, the vfb method
|
||||
================================
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to unload/reload cyblafb using the virtual framebuffer, you need
|
||||
to enable vfb support in the kernel first. After that, load the modules as
|
||||
shown below:
|
||||
|
||||
modprobe vfb vfb_enable=1
|
||||
modprobe fbcon
|
||||
modprobe cyblafb
|
||||
fbset -fb /dev/fb1 1280x1024-60 -vyres 2662
|
||||
con2fb /dev/fb1 /dev/tty1
|
||||
...
|
||||
|
||||
If you now made some changes to cyblafb and want to reload it, you might do it
|
||||
as show below:
|
||||
|
||||
con2fb /dev/fb0 /dev/tty1
|
||||
...
|
||||
rmmod cyblafb
|
||||
modprobe cyblafb
|
||||
con2fb /dev/fb1 /dev/tty1
|
||||
...
|
||||
|
||||
Of course, you might choose another mode, and most certainly you also want to
|
||||
map some other /dev/tty* to the real framebuffer device. You might also choose
|
||||
to compile fbcon as a kernel module or place it permanently in the kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
I do not know of any way to unload fbcon, and fbcon will prevent the
|
||||
framebuffer device loaded first from unloading. [If there is a way, then
|
||||
please add a description here!]
|
||||
|
||||
Module unloading, the vesafb method
|
||||
===================================
|
||||
|
||||
Configure the kernel:
|
||||
|
||||
<*> Support for frame buffer devices
|
||||
[*] VESA VGA graphics support
|
||||
<M> Cyberblade/i1 support
|
||||
|
||||
Add e.g. "video=vesafb:ypan vga=0x307" to the kernel parameters. The ypan
|
||||
parameter is important, choose any vga parameter you like as long as it is
|
||||
a graphics mode.
|
||||
|
||||
After booting, load cyblafb without any mode and bpp parameter and assign
|
||||
cyblafb to individual ttys using con2fb, e.g.:
|
||||
|
||||
modprobe cyblafb vesafb=1
|
||||
con2fb /dev/fb1 /dev/tty1
|
||||
|
||||
Unloading cyblafb works without problems after you assign vesafb to all
|
||||
ttys again, e.g.:
|
||||
|
||||
con2fb /dev/fb0 /dev/tty1
|
||||
rmmod cyblafb
|
||||
|
85
Documentation/fb/cyblafb/whycyblafb
Normal file
85
Documentation/fb/cyblafb/whycyblafb
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
|
||||
I tried the following framebuffer drivers:
|
||||
|
||||
- TRIDENTFB is full of bugs. Acceleration is broken for Blade3D
|
||||
graphics cores like the cyberblade/i1. It claims to support a great
|
||||
number of devices, but documentation for most of these devices is
|
||||
unfortunately not available. There is _no_ reason to use tridentfb
|
||||
for cyberblade/i1 + CRT users. VESAFB is faster, and the one
|
||||
advantage, mode switching, is broken in tridentfb.
|
||||
|
||||
- VESAFB is used by many distributions as a standard. Vesafb does
|
||||
not support mode switching. VESAFB is a bit faster than the working
|
||||
configurations of TRIDENTFB, but it is still too slow, even if you
|
||||
use ypan.
|
||||
|
||||
- EPIAFB (you'll find it on sourceforge) supports the Cyberblade/i1
|
||||
graphics core, but it still has serious bugs and developement seems
|
||||
to have stopped. This is the one driver with TV-out support. If you
|
||||
do need this feature, try epiafb.
|
||||
|
||||
None of these drivers was a real option for me.
|
||||
|
||||
I believe that is unreasonable to change code that announces to support 20
|
||||
devices if I only have more or less sufficient documentation for exactly one
|
||||
of these. The risk of breaking device foo while fixing device bar is too high.
|
||||
|
||||
So I decided to start CyBlaFB as a stripped down tridentfb.
|
||||
|
||||
All code specific to other Trident chips has been removed. After that there
|
||||
were a lot of cosmetic changes to increase the readability of the code. All
|
||||
register names were changed to those mnemonics used in the datasheet. Function
|
||||
and macro names were changed if they hindered easy understanding of the code.
|
||||
|
||||
After that I debugged the code and implemented some new features. I'll try to
|
||||
give a little summary of the main changes:
|
||||
|
||||
- calculation of vertical and horizontal timings was fixed
|
||||
|
||||
- video signal quality has been improved dramatically
|
||||
|
||||
- acceleration:
|
||||
|
||||
- fillrect and copyarea were fixed and reenabled
|
||||
|
||||
- color expanding imageblit was newly implemented, color
|
||||
imageblit (only used to draw the penguine) still uses the
|
||||
generic code.
|
||||
|
||||
- init of the acceleration engine was improved and moved to a
|
||||
place where it really works ...
|
||||
|
||||
- sync function has a timeout now and tries to reset and
|
||||
reinit the accel engine if necessary
|
||||
|
||||
- fewer slow copyarea calls when doing ypan scrolling by using
|
||||
undocumented bit d21 of screen start address stored in
|
||||
CR2B[5]. BIOS does use it also, so this should be safe.
|
||||
|
||||
- cyblafb rejects any attempt to set modes that would cause vclk
|
||||
values above reasonable 230 MHz. 32bit modes use a clock
|
||||
multiplicator of 2, so fbset does show the correct values for
|
||||
pixclock but not for vclk in this case. The fbset limit is 115 MHz
|
||||
for 32 bpp modes.
|
||||
|
||||
- cyblafb rejects modes known to be broken or unimplemented (all
|
||||
interlaced modes, all doublescan modes for now)
|
||||
|
||||
- cyblafb now works independant of the video mode in effect at startup
|
||||
time (tridentfb does not init all needed registers to reasonable
|
||||
values)
|
||||
|
||||
- switching between video modes does work reliably now
|
||||
|
||||
- the first video mode now is the one selected on startup using the
|
||||
vga=???? mechanism or any of
|
||||
- 640x480, 800x600, 1024x768, 1280x1024
|
||||
- 8, 16, 24 or 32 bpp
|
||||
- refresh between 50 Hz and 85 Hz, 1 Hz steps (1280x1024-32
|
||||
is limited to 63Hz)
|
||||
|
||||
- pci retry and pci burst mode are settable (try to disable if you
|
||||
experience latency problems)
|
||||
|
||||
- built as a module cyblafb might be unloaded and reloaded using
|
||||
the vfb module and con2vt or might be used together with vesafb
|
||||
|
@ -20,12 +20,83 @@ in a video= option, fbmem considers that to be a global video mode option.
|
||||
|
||||
Valid mode specifiers (mode_option argument):
|
||||
|
||||
<xres>x<yres>[-<bpp>][@<refresh>]
|
||||
<xres>x<yres>[M][R][-<bpp>][@<refresh>][i][m]
|
||||
<name>[-<bpp>][@<refresh>]
|
||||
|
||||
with <xres>, <yres>, <bpp> and <refresh> decimal numbers and <name> a string.
|
||||
Things between square brackets are optional.
|
||||
|
||||
If 'M' is specified in the mode_option argument (after <yres> and before
|
||||
<bpp> and <refresh>, if specified) the timings will be calculated using
|
||||
VESA(TM) Coordinated Video Timings instead of looking up the mode from a table.
|
||||
If 'R' is specified, do a 'reduced blanking' calculation for digital displays.
|
||||
If 'i' is specified, calculate for an interlaced mode. And if 'm' is
|
||||
specified, add margins to the calculation (1.8% of xres rounded down to 8
|
||||
pixels and 1.8% of yres).
|
||||
|
||||
Sample usage: 1024x768M@60m - CVT timing with margins
|
||||
|
||||
***** oOo ***** oOo ***** oOo ***** oOo ***** oOo ***** oOo ***** oOo *****
|
||||
|
||||
What is the VESA(TM) Coordinated Video Timings (CVT)?
|
||||
|
||||
From the VESA(TM) Website:
|
||||
|
||||
"The purpose of CVT is to provide a method for generating a consistent
|
||||
and coordinated set of standard formats, display refresh rates, and
|
||||
timing specifications for computer display products, both those
|
||||
employing CRTs, and those using other display technologies. The
|
||||
intention of CVT is to give both source and display manufacturers a
|
||||
common set of tools to enable new timings to be developed in a
|
||||
consistent manner that ensures greater compatibility."
|
||||
|
||||
This is the third standard approved by VESA(TM) concerning video timings. The
|
||||
first was the Discrete Video Timings (DVT) which is a collection of
|
||||
pre-defined modes approved by VESA(TM). The second is the Generalized Timing
|
||||
Formula (GTF) which is an algorithm to calculate the timings, given the
|
||||
pixelclock, the horizontal sync frequency, or the vertical refresh rate.
|
||||
|
||||
The GTF is limited by the fact that it is designed mainly for CRT displays.
|
||||
It artificially increases the pixelclock because of its high blanking
|
||||
requirement. This is inappropriate for digital display interface with its high
|
||||
data rate which requires that it conserves the pixelclock as much as possible.
|
||||
Also, GTF does not take into account the aspect ratio of the display.
|
||||
|
||||
The CVT addresses these limitations. If used with CRT's, the formula used
|
||||
is a derivation of GTF with a few modifications. If used with digital
|
||||
displays, the "reduced blanking" calculation can be used.
|
||||
|
||||
From the framebuffer subsystem perspective, new formats need not be added
|
||||
to the global mode database whenever a new mode is released by display
|
||||
manufacturers. Specifying for CVT will work for most, if not all, relatively
|
||||
new CRT displays and probably with most flatpanels, if 'reduced blanking'
|
||||
calculation is specified. (The CVT compatibility of the display can be
|
||||
determined from its EDID. The version 1.3 of the EDID has extra 128-byte
|
||||
blocks where additional timing information is placed. As of this time, there
|
||||
is no support yet in the layer to parse this additional blocks.)
|
||||
|
||||
CVT also introduced a new naming convention (should be seen from dmesg output):
|
||||
|
||||
<pix>M<a>[-R]
|
||||
|
||||
where: pix = total amount of pixels in MB (xres x yres)
|
||||
M = always present
|
||||
a = aspect ratio (3 - 4:3; 4 - 5:4; 9 - 15:9, 16:9; A - 16:10)
|
||||
-R = reduced blanking
|
||||
|
||||
example: .48M3-R - 800x600 with reduced blanking
|
||||
|
||||
Note: VESA(TM) has restrictions on what is a standard CVT timing:
|
||||
|
||||
- aspect ratio can only be one of the above values
|
||||
- acceptable refresh rates are 50, 60, 70 or 85 Hz only
|
||||
- if reduced blanking, the refresh rate must be at 60Hz
|
||||
|
||||
If one of the above are not satisfied, the kernel will print a warning but the
|
||||
timings will still be calculated.
|
||||
|
||||
***** oOo ***** oOo ***** oOo ***** oOo ***** oOo ***** oOo ***** oOo *****
|
||||
|
||||
To find a suitable video mode, you just call
|
||||
|
||||
int __init fb_find_mode(struct fb_var_screeninfo *var,
|
||||
|
@ -25,15 +25,6 @@ Who: Pavel Machek <pavel@suse.cz>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: PCI Name Database (CONFIG_PCI_NAMES)
|
||||
When: July 2005
|
||||
Why: It bloats the kernel unnecessarily, and is handled by userspace better
|
||||
(pciutils supports it.) Will eliminate the need to try to keep the
|
||||
pci.ids file in sync with the sf.net database all of the time.
|
||||
Who: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: io_remap_page_range() (macro or function)
|
||||
When: September 2005
|
||||
Why: Replaced by io_remap_pfn_range() which allows more memory space
|
||||
@ -51,14 +42,6 @@ Who: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: register_ioctl32_conversion() / unregister_ioctl32_conversion()
|
||||
When: April 2005
|
||||
Why: Replaced by ->compat_ioctl in file_operations and other method
|
||||
vecors.
|
||||
Who: Andi Kleen <ak@muc.de>, Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: RCU API moves to EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL
|
||||
When: April 2006
|
||||
Files: include/linux/rcupdate.h, kernel/rcupdate.c
|
||||
@ -74,14 +57,6 @@ Who: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@us.ibm.com>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: remove verify_area()
|
||||
When: July 2006
|
||||
Files: Various uaccess.h headers.
|
||||
Why: Deprecated and redundant. access_ok() should be used instead.
|
||||
Who: Jesper Juhl <juhl-lkml@dif.dk>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: IEEE1394 Audio and Music Data Transmission Protocol driver,
|
||||
Connection Management Procedures driver
|
||||
When: November 2005
|
||||
@ -102,16 +77,6 @@ Who: Jody McIntyre <scjody@steamballoon.com>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: register_serial/unregister_serial
|
||||
When: September 2005
|
||||
Why: This interface does not allow serial ports to be registered against
|
||||
a struct device, and as such does not allow correct power management
|
||||
of such ports. 8250-based ports should use serial8250_register_port
|
||||
and serial8250_unregister_port, or platform devices instead.
|
||||
Who: Russell King <rmk@arm.linux.org.uk>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: i2c sysfs name change: in1_ref, vid deprecated in favour of cpu0_vid
|
||||
When: November 2005
|
||||
Files: drivers/i2c/chips/adm1025.c, drivers/i2c/chips/adm1026.c
|
||||
|
123
Documentation/filesystems/files.txt
Normal file
123
Documentation/filesystems/files.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
|
||||
File management in the Linux kernel
|
||||
-----------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
This document describes how locking for files (struct file)
|
||||
and file descriptor table (struct files) works.
|
||||
|
||||
Up until 2.6.12, the file descriptor table has been protected
|
||||
with a lock (files->file_lock) and reference count (files->count).
|
||||
->file_lock protected accesses to all the file related fields
|
||||
of the table. ->count was used for sharing the file descriptor
|
||||
table between tasks cloned with CLONE_FILES flag. Typically
|
||||
this would be the case for posix threads. As with the common
|
||||
refcounting model in the kernel, the last task doing
|
||||
a put_files_struct() frees the file descriptor (fd) table.
|
||||
The files (struct file) themselves are protected using
|
||||
reference count (->f_count).
|
||||
|
||||
In the new lock-free model of file descriptor management,
|
||||
the reference counting is similar, but the locking is
|
||||
based on RCU. The file descriptor table contains multiple
|
||||
elements - the fd sets (open_fds and close_on_exec, the
|
||||
array of file pointers, the sizes of the sets and the array
|
||||
etc.). In order for the updates to appear atomic to
|
||||
a lock-free reader, all the elements of the file descriptor
|
||||
table are in a separate structure - struct fdtable.
|
||||
files_struct contains a pointer to struct fdtable through
|
||||
which the actual fd table is accessed. Initially the
|
||||
fdtable is embedded in files_struct itself. On a subsequent
|
||||
expansion of fdtable, a new fdtable structure is allocated
|
||||
and files->fdtab points to the new structure. The fdtable
|
||||
structure is freed with RCU and lock-free readers either
|
||||
see the old fdtable or the new fdtable making the update
|
||||
appear atomic. Here are the locking rules for
|
||||
the fdtable structure -
|
||||
|
||||
1. All references to the fdtable must be done through
|
||||
the files_fdtable() macro :
|
||||
|
||||
struct fdtable *fdt;
|
||||
|
||||
rcu_read_lock();
|
||||
|
||||
fdt = files_fdtable(files);
|
||||
....
|
||||
if (n <= fdt->max_fds)
|
||||
....
|
||||
...
|
||||
rcu_read_unlock();
|
||||
|
||||
files_fdtable() uses rcu_dereference() macro which takes care of
|
||||
the memory barrier requirements for lock-free dereference.
|
||||
The fdtable pointer must be read within the read-side
|
||||
critical section.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Reading of the fdtable as described above must be protected
|
||||
by rcu_read_lock()/rcu_read_unlock().
|
||||
|
||||
3. For any update to the the fd table, files->file_lock must
|
||||
be held.
|
||||
|
||||
4. To look up the file structure given an fd, a reader
|
||||
must use either fcheck() or fcheck_files() APIs. These
|
||||
take care of barrier requirements due to lock-free lookup.
|
||||
An example :
|
||||
|
||||
struct file *file;
|
||||
|
||||
rcu_read_lock();
|
||||
file = fcheck(fd);
|
||||
if (file) {
|
||||
...
|
||||
}
|
||||
....
|
||||
rcu_read_unlock();
|
||||
|
||||
5. Handling of the file structures is special. Since the look-up
|
||||
of the fd (fget()/fget_light()) are lock-free, it is possible
|
||||
that look-up may race with the last put() operation on the
|
||||
file structure. This is avoided using the rcuref APIs
|
||||
on ->f_count :
|
||||
|
||||
rcu_read_lock();
|
||||
file = fcheck_files(files, fd);
|
||||
if (file) {
|
||||
if (rcuref_inc_lf(&file->f_count))
|
||||
*fput_needed = 1;
|
||||
else
|
||||
/* Didn't get the reference, someone's freed */
|
||||
file = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
rcu_read_unlock();
|
||||
....
|
||||
return file;
|
||||
|
||||
rcuref_inc_lf() detects if refcounts is already zero or
|
||||
goes to zero during increment. If it does, we fail
|
||||
fget()/fget_light().
|
||||
|
||||
6. Since both fdtable and file structures can be looked up
|
||||
lock-free, they must be installed using rcu_assign_pointer()
|
||||
API. If they are looked up lock-free, rcu_dereference()
|
||||
must be used. However it is advisable to use files_fdtable()
|
||||
and fcheck()/fcheck_files() which take care of these issues.
|
||||
|
||||
7. While updating, the fdtable pointer must be looked up while
|
||||
holding files->file_lock. If ->file_lock is dropped, then
|
||||
another thread expand the files thereby creating a new
|
||||
fdtable and making the earlier fdtable pointer stale.
|
||||
For example :
|
||||
|
||||
spin_lock(&files->file_lock);
|
||||
fd = locate_fd(files, file, start);
|
||||
if (fd >= 0) {
|
||||
/* locate_fd() may have expanded fdtable, load the ptr */
|
||||
fdt = files_fdtable(files);
|
||||
FD_SET(fd, fdt->open_fds);
|
||||
FD_CLR(fd, fdt->close_on_exec);
|
||||
spin_unlock(&files->file_lock);
|
||||
.....
|
||||
|
||||
Since locate_fd() can drop ->file_lock (and reacquire ->file_lock),
|
||||
the fdtable pointer (fdt) must be loaded after locate_fd().
|
||||
|
315
Documentation/filesystems/fuse.txt
Normal file
315
Documentation/filesystems/fuse.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
|
||||
Definitions
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
Userspace filesystem:
|
||||
|
||||
A filesystem in which data and metadata are provided by an ordinary
|
||||
userspace process. The filesystem can be accessed normally through
|
||||
the kernel interface.
|
||||
|
||||
Filesystem daemon:
|
||||
|
||||
The process(es) providing the data and metadata of the filesystem.
|
||||
|
||||
Non-privileged mount (or user mount):
|
||||
|
||||
A userspace filesystem mounted by a non-privileged (non-root) user.
|
||||
The filesystem daemon is running with the privileges of the mounting
|
||||
user. NOTE: this is not the same as mounts allowed with the "user"
|
||||
option in /etc/fstab, which is not discussed here.
|
||||
|
||||
Mount owner:
|
||||
|
||||
The user who does the mounting.
|
||||
|
||||
User:
|
||||
|
||||
The user who is performing filesystem operations.
|
||||
|
||||
What is FUSE?
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
FUSE is a userspace filesystem framework. It consists of a kernel
|
||||
module (fuse.ko), a userspace library (libfuse.*) and a mount utility
|
||||
(fusermount).
|
||||
|
||||
One of the most important features of FUSE is allowing secure,
|
||||
non-privileged mounts. This opens up new possibilities for the use of
|
||||
filesystems. A good example is sshfs: a secure network filesystem
|
||||
using the sftp protocol.
|
||||
|
||||
The userspace library and utilities are available from the FUSE
|
||||
homepage:
|
||||
|
||||
http://fuse.sourceforge.net/
|
||||
|
||||
Mount options
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
'fd=N'
|
||||
|
||||
The file descriptor to use for communication between the userspace
|
||||
filesystem and the kernel. The file descriptor must have been
|
||||
obtained by opening the FUSE device ('/dev/fuse').
|
||||
|
||||
'rootmode=M'
|
||||
|
||||
The file mode of the filesystem's root in octal representation.
|
||||
|
||||
'user_id=N'
|
||||
|
||||
The numeric user id of the mount owner.
|
||||
|
||||
'group_id=N'
|
||||
|
||||
The numeric group id of the mount owner.
|
||||
|
||||
'default_permissions'
|
||||
|
||||
By default FUSE doesn't check file access permissions, the
|
||||
filesystem is free to implement it's access policy or leave it to
|
||||
the underlying file access mechanism (e.g. in case of network
|
||||
filesystems). This option enables permission checking, restricting
|
||||
access based on file mode. This is option is usually useful
|
||||
together with the 'allow_other' mount option.
|
||||
|
||||
'allow_other'
|
||||
|
||||
This option overrides the security measure restricting file access
|
||||
to the user mounting the filesystem. This option is by default only
|
||||
allowed to root, but this restriction can be removed with a
|
||||
(userspace) configuration option.
|
||||
|
||||
'max_read=N'
|
||||
|
||||
With this option the maximum size of read operations can be set.
|
||||
The default is infinite. Note that the size of read requests is
|
||||
limited anyway to 32 pages (which is 128kbyte on i386).
|
||||
|
||||
How do non-privileged mounts work?
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
Since the mount() system call is a privileged operation, a helper
|
||||
program (fusermount) is needed, which is installed setuid root.
|
||||
|
||||
The implication of providing non-privileged mounts is that the mount
|
||||
owner must not be able to use this capability to compromise the
|
||||
system. Obvious requirements arising from this are:
|
||||
|
||||
A) mount owner should not be able to get elevated privileges with the
|
||||
help of the mounted filesystem
|
||||
|
||||
B) mount owner should not get illegitimate access to information from
|
||||
other users' and the super user's processes
|
||||
|
||||
C) mount owner should not be able to induce undesired behavior in
|
||||
other users' or the super user's processes
|
||||
|
||||
How are requirements fulfilled?
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
A) The mount owner could gain elevated privileges by either:
|
||||
|
||||
1) creating a filesystem containing a device file, then opening
|
||||
this device
|
||||
|
||||
2) creating a filesystem containing a suid or sgid application,
|
||||
then executing this application
|
||||
|
||||
The solution is not to allow opening device files and ignore
|
||||
setuid and setgid bits when executing programs. To ensure this
|
||||
fusermount always adds "nosuid" and "nodev" to the mount options
|
||||
for non-privileged mounts.
|
||||
|
||||
B) If another user is accessing files or directories in the
|
||||
filesystem, the filesystem daemon serving requests can record the
|
||||
exact sequence and timing of operations performed. This
|
||||
information is otherwise inaccessible to the mount owner, so this
|
||||
counts as an information leak.
|
||||
|
||||
The solution to this problem will be presented in point 2) of C).
|
||||
|
||||
C) There are several ways in which the mount owner can induce
|
||||
undesired behavior in other users' processes, such as:
|
||||
|
||||
1) mounting a filesystem over a file or directory which the mount
|
||||
owner could otherwise not be able to modify (or could only
|
||||
make limited modifications).
|
||||
|
||||
This is solved in fusermount, by checking the access
|
||||
permissions on the mountpoint and only allowing the mount if
|
||||
the mount owner can do unlimited modification (has write
|
||||
access to the mountpoint, and mountpoint is not a "sticky"
|
||||
directory)
|
||||
|
||||
2) Even if 1) is solved the mount owner can change the behavior
|
||||
of other users' processes.
|
||||
|
||||
i) It can slow down or indefinitely delay the execution of a
|
||||
filesystem operation creating a DoS against the user or the
|
||||
whole system. For example a suid application locking a
|
||||
system file, and then accessing a file on the mount owner's
|
||||
filesystem could be stopped, and thus causing the system
|
||||
file to be locked forever.
|
||||
|
||||
ii) It can present files or directories of unlimited length, or
|
||||
directory structures of unlimited depth, possibly causing a
|
||||
system process to eat up diskspace, memory or other
|
||||
resources, again causing DoS.
|
||||
|
||||
The solution to this as well as B) is not to allow processes
|
||||
to access the filesystem, which could otherwise not be
|
||||
monitored or manipulated by the mount owner. Since if the
|
||||
mount owner can ptrace a process, it can do all of the above
|
||||
without using a FUSE mount, the same criteria as used in
|
||||
ptrace can be used to check if a process is allowed to access
|
||||
the filesystem or not.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that the ptrace check is not strictly necessary to
|
||||
prevent B/2/i, it is enough to check if mount owner has enough
|
||||
privilege to send signal to the process accessing the
|
||||
filesystem, since SIGSTOP can be used to get a similar effect.
|
||||
|
||||
I think these limitations are unacceptable?
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
If a sysadmin trusts the users enough, or can ensure through other
|
||||
measures, that system processes will never enter non-privileged
|
||||
mounts, it can relax the last limitation with a "user_allow_other"
|
||||
config option. If this config option is set, the mounting user can
|
||||
add the "allow_other" mount option which disables the check for other
|
||||
users' processes.
|
||||
|
||||
Kernel - userspace interface
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
The following diagram shows how a filesystem operation (in this
|
||||
example unlink) is performed in FUSE.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: everything in this description is greatly simplified
|
||||
|
||||
| "rm /mnt/fuse/file" | FUSE filesystem daemon
|
||||
| |
|
||||
| | >sys_read()
|
||||
| | >fuse_dev_read()
|
||||
| | >request_wait()
|
||||
| | [sleep on fc->waitq]
|
||||
| |
|
||||
| >sys_unlink() |
|
||||
| >fuse_unlink() |
|
||||
| [get request from |
|
||||
| fc->unused_list] |
|
||||
| >request_send() |
|
||||
| [queue req on fc->pending] |
|
||||
| [wake up fc->waitq] | [woken up]
|
||||
| >request_wait_answer() |
|
||||
| [sleep on req->waitq] |
|
||||
| | <request_wait()
|
||||
| | [remove req from fc->pending]
|
||||
| | [copy req to read buffer]
|
||||
| | [add req to fc->processing]
|
||||
| | <fuse_dev_read()
|
||||
| | <sys_read()
|
||||
| |
|
||||
| | [perform unlink]
|
||||
| |
|
||||
| | >sys_write()
|
||||
| | >fuse_dev_write()
|
||||
| | [look up req in fc->processing]
|
||||
| | [remove from fc->processing]
|
||||
| | [copy write buffer to req]
|
||||
| [woken up] | [wake up req->waitq]
|
||||
| | <fuse_dev_write()
|
||||
| | <sys_write()
|
||||
| <request_wait_answer() |
|
||||
| <request_send() |
|
||||
| [add request to |
|
||||
| fc->unused_list] |
|
||||
| <fuse_unlink() |
|
||||
| <sys_unlink() |
|
||||
|
||||
There are a couple of ways in which to deadlock a FUSE filesystem.
|
||||
Since we are talking about unprivileged userspace programs,
|
||||
something must be done about these.
|
||||
|
||||
Scenario 1 - Simple deadlock
|
||||
-----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
| "rm /mnt/fuse/file" | FUSE filesystem daemon
|
||||
| |
|
||||
| >sys_unlink("/mnt/fuse/file") |
|
||||
| [acquire inode semaphore |
|
||||
| for "file"] |
|
||||
| >fuse_unlink() |
|
||||
| [sleep on req->waitq] |
|
||||
| | <sys_read()
|
||||
| | >sys_unlink("/mnt/fuse/file")
|
||||
| | [acquire inode semaphore
|
||||
| | for "file"]
|
||||
| | *DEADLOCK*
|
||||
|
||||
The solution for this is to allow requests to be interrupted while
|
||||
they are in userspace:
|
||||
|
||||
| [interrupted by signal] |
|
||||
| <fuse_unlink() |
|
||||
| [release semaphore] | [semaphore acquired]
|
||||
| <sys_unlink() |
|
||||
| | >fuse_unlink()
|
||||
| | [queue req on fc->pending]
|
||||
| | [wake up fc->waitq]
|
||||
| | [sleep on req->waitq]
|
||||
|
||||
If the filesystem daemon was single threaded, this will stop here,
|
||||
since there's no other thread to dequeue and execute the request.
|
||||
In this case the solution is to kill the FUSE daemon as well. If
|
||||
there are multiple serving threads, you just have to kill them as
|
||||
long as any remain.
|
||||
|
||||
Moral: a filesystem which deadlocks, can soon find itself dead.
|
||||
|
||||
Scenario 2 - Tricky deadlock
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
This one needs a carefully crafted filesystem. It's a variation on
|
||||
the above, only the call back to the filesystem is not explicit,
|
||||
but is caused by a pagefault.
|
||||
|
||||
| Kamikaze filesystem thread 1 | Kamikaze filesystem thread 2
|
||||
| |
|
||||
| [fd = open("/mnt/fuse/file")] | [request served normally]
|
||||
| [mmap fd to 'addr'] |
|
||||
| [close fd] | [FLUSH triggers 'magic' flag]
|
||||
| [read a byte from addr] |
|
||||
| >do_page_fault() |
|
||||
| [find or create page] |
|
||||
| [lock page] |
|
||||
| >fuse_readpage() |
|
||||
| [queue READ request] |
|
||||
| [sleep on req->waitq] |
|
||||
| | [read request to buffer]
|
||||
| | [create reply header before addr]
|
||||
| | >sys_write(addr - headerlength)
|
||||
| | >fuse_dev_write()
|
||||
| | [look up req in fc->processing]
|
||||
| | [remove from fc->processing]
|
||||
| | [copy write buffer to req]
|
||||
| | >do_page_fault()
|
||||
| | [find or create page]
|
||||
| | [lock page]
|
||||
| | * DEADLOCK *
|
||||
|
||||
Solution is again to let the the request be interrupted (not
|
||||
elaborated further).
|
||||
|
||||
An additional problem is that while the write buffer is being
|
||||
copied to the request, the request must not be interrupted. This
|
||||
is because the destination address of the copy may not be valid
|
||||
after the request is interrupted.
|
||||
|
||||
This is solved with doing the copy atomically, and allowing
|
||||
interruption while the page(s) belonging to the write buffer are
|
||||
faulted with get_user_pages(). The 'req->locked' flag indicates
|
||||
when the copy is taking place, and interruption is delayed until
|
||||
this flag is unset.
|
||||
|
@ -439,6 +439,18 @@ ChangeLog
|
||||
|
||||
Note, a technical ChangeLog aimed at kernel hackers is in fs/ntfs/ChangeLog.
|
||||
|
||||
2.1.24:
|
||||
- Support journals ($LogFile) which have been modified by chkdsk. This
|
||||
means users can boot into Windows after we marked the volume dirty.
|
||||
The Windows boot will run chkdsk and then reboot. The user can then
|
||||
immediately boot into Linux rather than having to do a full Windows
|
||||
boot first before rebooting into Linux and we will recognize such a
|
||||
journal and empty it as it is clean by definition.
|
||||
- Support journals ($LogFile) with only one restart page as well as
|
||||
journals with two different restart pages. We sanity check both and
|
||||
either use the only sane one or the more recent one of the two in the
|
||||
case that both are valid.
|
||||
- Lots of bug fixes and enhancements across the board.
|
||||
2.1.23:
|
||||
- Stamp the user space journal, aka transaction log, aka $UsnJrnl, if
|
||||
it is present and active thus telling Windows and applications using
|
||||
|
@ -133,6 +133,7 @@ Table 1-1: Process specific entries in /proc
|
||||
statm Process memory status information
|
||||
status Process status in human readable form
|
||||
wchan If CONFIG_KALLSYMS is set, a pre-decoded wchan
|
||||
smaps Extension based on maps, presenting the rss size for each mapped file
|
||||
..............................................................................
|
||||
|
||||
For example, to get the status information of a process, all you have to do is
|
||||
@ -1240,16 +1241,38 @@ swap-intensive.
|
||||
overcommit_memory
|
||||
-----------------
|
||||
|
||||
This file contains one value. The following algorithm is used to decide if
|
||||
there's enough memory: if the value of overcommit_memory is positive, then
|
||||
there's always enough memory. This is a useful feature, since programs often
|
||||
malloc() huge amounts of memory 'just in case', while they only use a small
|
||||
part of it. Leaving this value at 0 will lead to the failure of such a huge
|
||||
malloc(), when in fact the system has enough memory for the program to run.
|
||||
Controls overcommit of system memory, possibly allowing processes
|
||||
to allocate (but not use) more memory than is actually available.
|
||||
|
||||
On the other hand, enabling this feature can cause you to run out of memory
|
||||
and thrash the system to death, so large and/or important servers will want to
|
||||
set this value to 0.
|
||||
|
||||
0 - Heuristic overcommit handling. Obvious overcommits of
|
||||
address space are refused. Used for a typical system. It
|
||||
ensures a seriously wild allocation fails while allowing
|
||||
overcommit to reduce swap usage. root is allowed to
|
||||
allocate slighly more memory in this mode. This is the
|
||||
default.
|
||||
|
||||
1 - Always overcommit. Appropriate for some scientific
|
||||
applications.
|
||||
|
||||
2 - Don't overcommit. The total address space commit
|
||||
for the system is not permitted to exceed swap plus a
|
||||
configurable percentage (default is 50) of physical RAM.
|
||||
Depending on the percentage you use, in most situations
|
||||
this means a process will not be killed while attempting
|
||||
to use already-allocated memory but will receive errors
|
||||
on memory allocation as appropriate.
|
||||
|
||||
overcommit_ratio
|
||||
----------------
|
||||
|
||||
Percentage of physical memory size to include in overcommit calculations
|
||||
(see above.)
|
||||
|
||||
Memory allocation limit = swapspace + physmem * (overcommit_ratio / 100)
|
||||
|
||||
swapspace = total size of all swap areas
|
||||
physmem = size of physical memory in system
|
||||
|
||||
nr_hugepages and hugetlb_shm_group
|
||||
----------------------------------
|
||||
|
362
Documentation/filesystems/relayfs.txt
Normal file
362
Documentation/filesystems/relayfs.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
|
||||
|
||||
relayfs - a high-speed data relay filesystem
|
||||
============================================
|
||||
|
||||
relayfs is a filesystem designed to provide an efficient mechanism for
|
||||
tools and facilities to relay large and potentially sustained streams
|
||||
of data from kernel space to user space.
|
||||
|
||||
The main abstraction of relayfs is the 'channel'. A channel consists
|
||||
of a set of per-cpu kernel buffers each represented by a file in the
|
||||
relayfs filesystem. Kernel clients write into a channel using
|
||||
efficient write functions which automatically log to the current cpu's
|
||||
channel buffer. User space applications mmap() the per-cpu files and
|
||||
retrieve the data as it becomes available.
|
||||
|
||||
The format of the data logged into the channel buffers is completely
|
||||
up to the relayfs client; relayfs does however provide hooks which
|
||||
allow clients to impose some stucture on the buffer data. Nor does
|
||||
relayfs implement any form of data filtering - this also is left to
|
||||
the client. The purpose is to keep relayfs as simple as possible.
|
||||
|
||||
This document provides an overview of the relayfs API. The details of
|
||||
the function parameters are documented along with the functions in the
|
||||
filesystem code - please see that for details.
|
||||
|
||||
Semantics
|
||||
=========
|
||||
|
||||
Each relayfs channel has one buffer per CPU, each buffer has one or
|
||||
more sub-buffers. Messages are written to the first sub-buffer until
|
||||
it is too full to contain a new message, in which case it it is
|
||||
written to the next (if available). Messages are never split across
|
||||
sub-buffers. At this point, userspace can be notified so it empties
|
||||
the first sub-buffer, while the kernel continues writing to the next.
|
||||
|
||||
When notified that a sub-buffer is full, the kernel knows how many
|
||||
bytes of it are padding i.e. unused. Userspace can use this knowledge
|
||||
to copy only valid data.
|
||||
|
||||
After copying it, userspace can notify the kernel that a sub-buffer
|
||||
has been consumed.
|
||||
|
||||
relayfs can operate in a mode where it will overwrite data not yet
|
||||
collected by userspace, and not wait for it to consume it.
|
||||
|
||||
relayfs itself does not provide for communication of such data between
|
||||
userspace and kernel, allowing the kernel side to remain simple and not
|
||||
impose a single interface on userspace. It does provide a separate
|
||||
helper though, described below.
|
||||
|
||||
klog, relay-app & librelay
|
||||
==========================
|
||||
|
||||
relayfs itself is ready to use, but to make things easier, two
|
||||
additional systems are provided. klog is a simple wrapper to make
|
||||
writing formatted text or raw data to a channel simpler, regardless of
|
||||
whether a channel to write into exists or not, or whether relayfs is
|
||||
compiled into the kernel or is configured as a module. relay-app is
|
||||
the kernel counterpart of userspace librelay.c, combined these two
|
||||
files provide glue to easily stream data to disk, without having to
|
||||
bother with housekeeping. klog and relay-app can be used together,
|
||||
with klog providing high-level logging functions to the kernel and
|
||||
relay-app taking care of kernel-user control and disk-logging chores.
|
||||
|
||||
It is possible to use relayfs without relay-app & librelay, but you'll
|
||||
have to implement communication between userspace and kernel, allowing
|
||||
both to convey the state of buffers (full, empty, amount of padding).
|
||||
|
||||
klog, relay-app and librelay can be found in the relay-apps tarball on
|
||||
http://relayfs.sourceforge.net
|
||||
|
||||
The relayfs user space API
|
||||
==========================
|
||||
|
||||
relayfs implements basic file operations for user space access to
|
||||
relayfs channel buffer data. Here are the file operations that are
|
||||
available and some comments regarding their behavior:
|
||||
|
||||
open() enables user to open an _existing_ buffer.
|
||||
|
||||
mmap() results in channel buffer being mapped into the caller's
|
||||
memory space. Note that you can't do a partial mmap - you must
|
||||
map the entire file, which is NRBUF * SUBBUFSIZE.
|
||||
|
||||
read() read the contents of a channel buffer. The bytes read are
|
||||
'consumed' by the reader i.e. they won't be available again
|
||||
to subsequent reads. If the channel is being used in
|
||||
no-overwrite mode (the default), it can be read at any time
|
||||
even if there's an active kernel writer. If the channel is
|
||||
being used in overwrite mode and there are active channel
|
||||
writers, results may be unpredictable - users should make
|
||||
sure that all logging to the channel has ended before using
|
||||
read() with overwrite mode.
|
||||
|
||||
poll() POLLIN/POLLRDNORM/POLLERR supported. User applications are
|
||||
notified when sub-buffer boundaries are crossed.
|
||||
|
||||
close() decrements the channel buffer's refcount. When the refcount
|
||||
reaches 0 i.e. when no process or kernel client has the buffer
|
||||
open, the channel buffer is freed.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
In order for a user application to make use of relayfs files, the
|
||||
relayfs filesystem must be mounted. For example,
|
||||
|
||||
mount -t relayfs relayfs /mnt/relay
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: relayfs doesn't need to be mounted for kernel clients to create
|
||||
or use channels - it only needs to be mounted when user space
|
||||
applications need access to the buffer data.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The relayfs kernel API
|
||||
======================
|
||||
|
||||
Here's a summary of the API relayfs provides to in-kernel clients:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
channel management functions:
|
||||
|
||||
relay_open(base_filename, parent, subbuf_size, n_subbufs,
|
||||
callbacks)
|
||||
relay_close(chan)
|
||||
relay_flush(chan)
|
||||
relay_reset(chan)
|
||||
relayfs_create_dir(name, parent)
|
||||
relayfs_remove_dir(dentry)
|
||||
|
||||
channel management typically called on instigation of userspace:
|
||||
|
||||
relay_subbufs_consumed(chan, cpu, subbufs_consumed)
|
||||
|
||||
write functions:
|
||||
|
||||
relay_write(chan, data, length)
|
||||
__relay_write(chan, data, length)
|
||||
relay_reserve(chan, length)
|
||||
|
||||
callbacks:
|
||||
|
||||
subbuf_start(buf, subbuf, prev_subbuf, prev_padding)
|
||||
buf_mapped(buf, filp)
|
||||
buf_unmapped(buf, filp)
|
||||
|
||||
helper functions:
|
||||
|
||||
relay_buf_full(buf)
|
||||
subbuf_start_reserve(buf, length)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Creating a channel
|
||||
------------------
|
||||
|
||||
relay_open() is used to create a channel, along with its per-cpu
|
||||
channel buffers. Each channel buffer will have an associated file
|
||||
created for it in the relayfs filesystem, which can be opened and
|
||||
mmapped from user space if desired. The files are named
|
||||
basename0...basenameN-1 where N is the number of online cpus, and by
|
||||
default will be created in the root of the filesystem. If you want a
|
||||
directory structure to contain your relayfs files, you can create it
|
||||
with relayfs_create_dir() and pass the parent directory to
|
||||
relay_open(). Clients are responsible for cleaning up any directory
|
||||
structure they create when the channel is closed - use
|
||||
relayfs_remove_dir() for that.
|
||||
|
||||
The total size of each per-cpu buffer is calculated by multiplying the
|
||||
number of sub-buffers by the sub-buffer size passed into relay_open().
|
||||
The idea behind sub-buffers is that they're basically an extension of
|
||||
double-buffering to N buffers, and they also allow applications to
|
||||
easily implement random-access-on-buffer-boundary schemes, which can
|
||||
be important for some high-volume applications. The number and size
|
||||
of sub-buffers is completely dependent on the application and even for
|
||||
the same application, different conditions will warrant different
|
||||
values for these parameters at different times. Typically, the right
|
||||
values to use are best decided after some experimentation; in general,
|
||||
though, it's safe to assume that having only 1 sub-buffer is a bad
|
||||
idea - you're guaranteed to either overwrite data or lose events
|
||||
depending on the channel mode being used.
|
||||
|
||||
Channel 'modes'
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
|
||||
relayfs channels can be used in either of two modes - 'overwrite' or
|
||||
'no-overwrite'. The mode is entirely determined by the implementation
|
||||
of the subbuf_start() callback, as described below. In 'overwrite'
|
||||
mode, also known as 'flight recorder' mode, writes continuously cycle
|
||||
around the buffer and will never fail, but will unconditionally
|
||||
overwrite old data regardless of whether it's actually been consumed.
|
||||
In no-overwrite mode, writes will fail i.e. data will be lost, if the
|
||||
number of unconsumed sub-buffers equals the total number of
|
||||
sub-buffers in the channel. It should be clear that if there is no
|
||||
consumer or if the consumer can't consume sub-buffers fast enought,
|
||||
data will be lost in either case; the only difference is whether data
|
||||
is lost from the beginning or the end of a buffer.
|
||||
|
||||
As explained above, a relayfs channel is made of up one or more
|
||||
per-cpu channel buffers, each implemented as a circular buffer
|
||||
subdivided into one or more sub-buffers. Messages are written into
|
||||
the current sub-buffer of the channel's current per-cpu buffer via the
|
||||
write functions described below. Whenever a message can't fit into
|
||||
the current sub-buffer, because there's no room left for it, the
|
||||
client is notified via the subbuf_start() callback that a switch to a
|
||||
new sub-buffer is about to occur. The client uses this callback to 1)
|
||||
initialize the next sub-buffer if appropriate 2) finalize the previous
|
||||
sub-buffer if appropriate and 3) return a boolean value indicating
|
||||
whether or not to actually go ahead with the sub-buffer switch.
|
||||
|
||||
To implement 'no-overwrite' mode, the userspace client would provide
|
||||
an implementation of the subbuf_start() callback something like the
|
||||
following:
|
||||
|
||||
static int subbuf_start(struct rchan_buf *buf,
|
||||
void *subbuf,
|
||||
void *prev_subbuf,
|
||||
unsigned int prev_padding)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (prev_subbuf)
|
||||
*((unsigned *)prev_subbuf) = prev_padding;
|
||||
|
||||
if (relay_buf_full(buf))
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
subbuf_start_reserve(buf, sizeof(unsigned int));
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
If the current buffer is full i.e. all sub-buffers remain unconsumed,
|
||||
the callback returns 0 to indicate that the buffer switch should not
|
||||
occur yet i.e. until the consumer has had a chance to read the current
|
||||
set of ready sub-buffers. For the relay_buf_full() function to make
|
||||
sense, the consumer is reponsible for notifying relayfs when
|
||||
sub-buffers have been consumed via relay_subbufs_consumed(). Any
|
||||
subsequent attempts to write into the buffer will again invoke the
|
||||
subbuf_start() callback with the same parameters; only when the
|
||||
consumer has consumed one or more of the ready sub-buffers will
|
||||
relay_buf_full() return 0, in which case the buffer switch can
|
||||
continue.
|
||||
|
||||
The implementation of the subbuf_start() callback for 'overwrite' mode
|
||||
would be very similar:
|
||||
|
||||
static int subbuf_start(struct rchan_buf *buf,
|
||||
void *subbuf,
|
||||
void *prev_subbuf,
|
||||
unsigned int prev_padding)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (prev_subbuf)
|
||||
*((unsigned *)prev_subbuf) = prev_padding;
|
||||
|
||||
subbuf_start_reserve(buf, sizeof(unsigned int));
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
In this case, the relay_buf_full() check is meaningless and the
|
||||
callback always returns 1, causing the buffer switch to occur
|
||||
unconditionally. It's also meaningless for the client to use the
|
||||
relay_subbufs_consumed() function in this mode, as it's never
|
||||
consulted.
|
||||
|
||||
The default subbuf_start() implementation, used if the client doesn't
|
||||
define any callbacks, or doesn't define the subbuf_start() callback,
|
||||
implements the simplest possible 'no-overwrite' mode i.e. it does
|
||||
nothing but return 0.
|
||||
|
||||
Header information can be reserved at the beginning of each sub-buffer
|
||||
by calling the subbuf_start_reserve() helper function from within the
|
||||
subbuf_start() callback. This reserved area can be used to store
|
||||
whatever information the client wants. In the example above, room is
|
||||
reserved in each sub-buffer to store the padding count for that
|
||||
sub-buffer. This is filled in for the previous sub-buffer in the
|
||||
subbuf_start() implementation; the padding value for the previous
|
||||
sub-buffer is passed into the subbuf_start() callback along with a
|
||||
pointer to the previous sub-buffer, since the padding value isn't
|
||||
known until a sub-buffer is filled. The subbuf_start() callback is
|
||||
also called for the first sub-buffer when the channel is opened, to
|
||||
give the client a chance to reserve space in it. In this case the
|
||||
previous sub-buffer pointer passed into the callback will be NULL, so
|
||||
the client should check the value of the prev_subbuf pointer before
|
||||
writing into the previous sub-buffer.
|
||||
|
||||
Writing to a channel
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
|
||||
kernel clients write data into the current cpu's channel buffer using
|
||||
relay_write() or __relay_write(). relay_write() is the main logging
|
||||
function - it uses local_irqsave() to protect the buffer and should be
|
||||
used if you might be logging from interrupt context. If you know
|
||||
you'll never be logging from interrupt context, you can use
|
||||
__relay_write(), which only disables preemption. These functions
|
||||
don't return a value, so you can't determine whether or not they
|
||||
failed - the assumption is that you wouldn't want to check a return
|
||||
value in the fast logging path anyway, and that they'll always succeed
|
||||
unless the buffer is full and no-overwrite mode is being used, in
|
||||
which case you can detect a failed write in the subbuf_start()
|
||||
callback by calling the relay_buf_full() helper function.
|
||||
|
||||
relay_reserve() is used to reserve a slot in a channel buffer which
|
||||
can be written to later. This would typically be used in applications
|
||||
that need to write directly into a channel buffer without having to
|
||||
stage data in a temporary buffer beforehand. Because the actual write
|
||||
may not happen immediately after the slot is reserved, applications
|
||||
using relay_reserve() can keep a count of the number of bytes actually
|
||||
written, either in space reserved in the sub-buffers themselves or as
|
||||
a separate array. See the 'reserve' example in the relay-apps tarball
|
||||
at http://relayfs.sourceforge.net for an example of how this can be
|
||||
done. Because the write is under control of the client and is
|
||||
separated from the reserve, relay_reserve() doesn't protect the buffer
|
||||
at all - it's up to the client to provide the appropriate
|
||||
synchronization when using relay_reserve().
|
||||
|
||||
Closing a channel
|
||||
-----------------
|
||||
|
||||
The client calls relay_close() when it's finished using the channel.
|
||||
The channel and its associated buffers are destroyed when there are no
|
||||
longer any references to any of the channel buffers. relay_flush()
|
||||
forces a sub-buffer switch on all the channel buffers, and can be used
|
||||
to finalize and process the last sub-buffers before the channel is
|
||||
closed.
|
||||
|
||||
Misc
|
||||
----
|
||||
|
||||
Some applications may want to keep a channel around and re-use it
|
||||
rather than open and close a new channel for each use. relay_reset()
|
||||
can be used for this purpose - it resets a channel to its initial
|
||||
state without reallocating channel buffer memory or destroying
|
||||
existing mappings. It should however only be called when it's safe to
|
||||
do so i.e. when the channel isn't currently being written to.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, there are a couple of utility callbacks that can be used for
|
||||
different purposes. buf_mapped() is called whenever a channel buffer
|
||||
is mmapped from user space and buf_unmapped() is called when it's
|
||||
unmapped. The client can use this notification to trigger actions
|
||||
within the kernel application, such as enabling/disabling logging to
|
||||
the channel.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Resources
|
||||
=========
|
||||
|
||||
For news, example code, mailing list, etc. see the relayfs homepage:
|
||||
|
||||
http://relayfs.sourceforge.net
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Credits
|
||||
=======
|
||||
|
||||
The ideas and specs for relayfs came about as a result of discussions
|
||||
on tracing involving the following:
|
||||
|
||||
Michel Dagenais <michel.dagenais@polymtl.ca>
|
||||
Richard Moore <richardj_moore@uk.ibm.com>
|
||||
Bob Wisniewski <bob@watson.ibm.com>
|
||||
Karim Yaghmour <karim@opersys.com>
|
||||
Tom Zanussi <zanussi@us.ibm.com>
|
||||
|
||||
Also thanks to Hubertus Franke for a lot of useful suggestions and bug
|
||||
reports.
|
@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ void device_remove_file(struct device *, struct device_attribute *);
|
||||
|
||||
It also defines this helper for defining device attributes:
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEVICE_ATTR(_name,_mode,_show,_store) \
|
||||
#define DEVICE_ATTR(_name, _mode, _show, _store) \
|
||||
struct device_attribute dev_attr_##_name = { \
|
||||
.attr = {.name = __stringify(_name) , .mode = _mode }, \
|
||||
.show = _show, \
|
||||
@ -99,14 +99,14 @@ struct device_attribute dev_attr_##_name = { \
|
||||
|
||||
For example, declaring
|
||||
|
||||
static DEVICE_ATTR(foo,0644,show_foo,store_foo);
|
||||
static DEVICE_ATTR(foo, S_IWUSR | S_IRUGO, show_foo, store_foo);
|
||||
|
||||
is equivalent to doing:
|
||||
|
||||
static struct device_attribute dev_attr_foo = {
|
||||
.attr = {
|
||||
.name = "foo",
|
||||
.mode = 0644,
|
||||
.mode = S_IWUSR | S_IRUGO,
|
||||
},
|
||||
.show = show_foo,
|
||||
.store = store_foo,
|
||||
@ -121,8 +121,8 @@ set of sysfs operations for forwarding read and write calls to the
|
||||
show and store methods of the attribute owners.
|
||||
|
||||
struct sysfs_ops {
|
||||
ssize_t (*show)(struct kobject *, struct attribute *,char *);
|
||||
ssize_t (*store)(struct kobject *,struct attribute *,const char *);
|
||||
ssize_t (*show)(struct kobject *, struct attribute *, char *);
|
||||
ssize_t (*store)(struct kobject *, struct attribute *, const char *);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
[ Subsystems should have already defined a struct kobj_type as a
|
||||
@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ calls the associated methods.
|
||||
|
||||
To illustrate:
|
||||
|
||||
#define to_dev_attr(_attr) container_of(_attr,struct device_attribute,attr)
|
||||
#define to_dev_attr(_attr) container_of(_attr, struct device_attribute, attr)
|
||||
#define to_dev(d) container_of(d, struct device, kobj)
|
||||
|
||||
static ssize_t
|
||||
@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ dev_attr_show(struct kobject * kobj, struct attribute * attr, char * buf)
|
||||
ssize_t ret = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (dev_attr->show)
|
||||
ret = dev_attr->show(dev,buf);
|
||||
ret = dev_attr->show(dev, buf);
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@ -216,16 +216,16 @@ A very simple (and naive) implementation of a device attribute is:
|
||||
|
||||
static ssize_t show_name(struct device *dev, struct device_attribute *attr, char *buf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return sprintf(buf,"%s\n",dev->name);
|
||||
return snprintf(buf, PAGE_SIZE, "%s\n", dev->name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static ssize_t store_name(struct device * dev, const char * buf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sscanf(buf,"%20s",dev->name);
|
||||
return strlen(buf);
|
||||
sscanf(buf, "%20s", dev->name);
|
||||
return strnlen(buf, PAGE_SIZE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static DEVICE_ATTR(name,S_IRUGO,show_name,store_name);
|
||||
static DEVICE_ATTR(name, S_IRUGO, show_name, store_name);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
(Note that the real implementation doesn't allow userspace to set the
|
||||
@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ struct device_attribute {
|
||||
|
||||
Declaring:
|
||||
|
||||
DEVICE_ATTR(_name,_str,_mode,_show,_store);
|
||||
DEVICE_ATTR(_name, _str, _mode, _show, _store);
|
||||
|
||||
Creation/Removal:
|
||||
|
||||
@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ struct bus_attribute {
|
||||
|
||||
Declaring:
|
||||
|
||||
BUS_ATTR(_name,_mode,_show,_store)
|
||||
BUS_ATTR(_name, _mode, _show, _store)
|
||||
|
||||
Creation/Removal:
|
||||
|
||||
@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ struct driver_attribute {
|
||||
|
||||
Declaring:
|
||||
|
||||
DRIVER_ATTR(_name,_mode,_show,_store)
|
||||
DRIVER_ATTR(_name, _mode, _show, _store)
|
||||
|
||||
Creation/Removal:
|
||||
|
||||
|
95
Documentation/filesystems/v9fs.txt
Normal file
95
Documentation/filesystems/v9fs.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
|
||||
V9FS: 9P2000 for Linux
|
||||
======================
|
||||
|
||||
ABOUT
|
||||
=====
|
||||
|
||||
v9fs is a Unix implementation of the Plan 9 9p remote filesystem protocol.
|
||||
|
||||
This software was originally developed by Ron Minnich <rminnich@lanl.gov>
|
||||
and Maya Gokhale <maya@lanl.gov>. Additional development by Greg Watson
|
||||
<gwatson@lanl.gov> and most recently Eric Van Hensbergen
|
||||
<ericvh@gmail.com> and Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>.
|
||||
|
||||
USAGE
|
||||
=====
|
||||
|
||||
For remote file server:
|
||||
|
||||
mount -t 9P 10.10.1.2 /mnt/9
|
||||
|
||||
For Plan 9 From User Space applications (http://swtch.com/plan9)
|
||||
|
||||
mount -t 9P `namespace`/acme /mnt/9 -o proto=unix,name=$USER
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIONS
|
||||
=======
|
||||
|
||||
proto=name select an alternative transport. Valid options are
|
||||
currently:
|
||||
unix - specifying a named pipe mount point
|
||||
tcp - specifying a normal TCP/IP connection
|
||||
fd - used passed file descriptors for connection
|
||||
(see rfdno and wfdno)
|
||||
|
||||
name=name user name to attempt mount as on the remote server. The
|
||||
server may override or ignore this value. Certain user
|
||||
names may require authentication.
|
||||
|
||||
aname=name aname specifies the file tree to access when the server is
|
||||
offering several exported file systems.
|
||||
|
||||
debug=n specifies debug level. The debug level is a bitmask.
|
||||
0x01 = display verbose error messages
|
||||
0x02 = developer debug (DEBUG_CURRENT)
|
||||
0x04 = display 9P trace
|
||||
0x08 = display VFS trace
|
||||
0x10 = display Marshalling debug
|
||||
0x20 = display RPC debug
|
||||
0x40 = display transport debug
|
||||
0x80 = display allocation debug
|
||||
|
||||
rfdno=n the file descriptor for reading with proto=fd
|
||||
|
||||
wfdno=n the file descriptor for writing with proto=fd
|
||||
|
||||
maxdata=n the number of bytes to use for 9P packet payload (msize)
|
||||
|
||||
port=n port to connect to on the remote server
|
||||
|
||||
timeout=n request timeouts (in ms) (default 60000ms)
|
||||
|
||||
noextend force legacy mode (no 9P2000.u semantics)
|
||||
|
||||
uid attempt to mount as a particular uid
|
||||
|
||||
gid attempt to mount with a particular gid
|
||||
|
||||
afid security channel - used by Plan 9 authentication protocols
|
||||
|
||||
nodevmap do not map special files - represent them as normal files.
|
||||
This can be used to share devices/named pipes/sockets between
|
||||
hosts. This functionality will be expanded in later versions.
|
||||
|
||||
RESOURCES
|
||||
=========
|
||||
|
||||
The Linux version of the 9P server, along with some client-side utilities
|
||||
can be found at http://v9fs.sf.net (along with a CVS repository of the
|
||||
development branch of this module). There are user and developer mailing
|
||||
lists here, as well as a bug-tracker.
|
||||
|
||||
For more information on the Plan 9 Operating System check out
|
||||
http://plan9.bell-labs.com/plan9
|
||||
|
||||
For information on Plan 9 from User Space (Plan 9 applications and libraries
|
||||
ported to Linux/BSD/OSX/etc) check out http://swtch.com/plan9
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
STATUS
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
The 2.6 kernel support is working on PPC and x86.
|
||||
|
||||
PLEASE USE THE SOURCEFORGE BUG-TRACKER TO REPORT PROBLEMS.
|
||||
|
@ -1,35 +1,27 @@
|
||||
/* -*- auto-fill -*- */
|
||||
|
||||
Overview of the Virtual File System
|
||||
Overview of the Linux Virtual File System
|
||||
|
||||
Richard Gooch <rgooch@atnf.csiro.au>
|
||||
Original author: Richard Gooch <rgooch@atnf.csiro.au>
|
||||
|
||||
5-JUL-1999
|
||||
Last updated on August 25, 2005
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1999 Richard Gooch
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2005 Pekka Enberg
|
||||
|
||||
This file is released under the GPLv2.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Conventions used in this document <section>
|
||||
=================================
|
||||
|
||||
Each section in this document will have the string "<section>" at the
|
||||
right-hand side of the section title. Each subsection will have
|
||||
"<subsection>" at the right-hand side. These strings are meant to make
|
||||
it easier to search through the document.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE that the master copy of this document is available online at:
|
||||
http://www.atnf.csiro.au/~rgooch/linux/docs/vfs.txt
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What is it? <section>
|
||||
What is it?
|
||||
===========
|
||||
|
||||
The Virtual File System (otherwise known as the Virtual Filesystem
|
||||
Switch) is the software layer in the kernel that provides the
|
||||
filesystem interface to userspace programs. It also provides an
|
||||
abstraction within the kernel which allows different filesystem
|
||||
implementations to co-exist.
|
||||
implementations to coexist.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
A Quick Look At How It Works <section>
|
||||
A Quick Look At How It Works
|
||||
============================
|
||||
|
||||
In this section I'll briefly describe how things work, before
|
||||
@ -38,7 +30,8 @@ when user programs open and manipulate files, and then look from the
|
||||
other view which is how a filesystem is supported and subsequently
|
||||
mounted.
|
||||
|
||||
Opening a File <subsection>
|
||||
|
||||
Opening a File
|
||||
--------------
|
||||
|
||||
The VFS implements the open(2), stat(2), chmod(2) and similar system
|
||||
@ -77,7 +70,7 @@ back to userspace.
|
||||
|
||||
Opening a file requires another operation: allocation of a file
|
||||
structure (this is the kernel-side implementation of file
|
||||
descriptors). The freshly allocated file structure is initialised with
|
||||
descriptors). The freshly allocated file structure is initialized with
|
||||
a pointer to the dentry and a set of file operation member functions.
|
||||
These are taken from the inode data. The open() file method is then
|
||||
called so the specific filesystem implementation can do it's work. You
|
||||
@ -102,7 +95,8 @@ filesystem or driver code at the same time, on different
|
||||
processors. You should ensure that access to shared resources is
|
||||
protected by appropriate locks.
|
||||
|
||||
Registering and Mounting a Filesystem <subsection>
|
||||
|
||||
Registering and Mounting a Filesystem
|
||||
-------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to support a new kind of filesystem in the kernel, all you
|
||||
@ -123,17 +117,21 @@ updated to point to the root inode for the new filesystem.
|
||||
It's now time to look at things in more detail.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
struct file_system_type <section>
|
||||
struct file_system_type
|
||||
=======================
|
||||
|
||||
This describes the filesystem. As of kernel 2.1.99, the following
|
||||
This describes the filesystem. As of kernel 2.6.13, the following
|
||||
members are defined:
|
||||
|
||||
struct file_system_type {
|
||||
const char *name;
|
||||
int fs_flags;
|
||||
struct super_block *(*read_super) (struct super_block *, void *, int);
|
||||
struct file_system_type * next;
|
||||
struct super_block *(*get_sb) (struct file_system_type *, int,
|
||||
const char *, void *);
|
||||
void (*kill_sb) (struct super_block *);
|
||||
struct module *owner;
|
||||
struct file_system_type * next;
|
||||
struct list_head fs_supers;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
name: the name of the filesystem type, such as "ext2", "iso9660",
|
||||
@ -141,51 +139,97 @@ struct file_system_type {
|
||||
|
||||
fs_flags: various flags (i.e. FS_REQUIRES_DEV, FS_NO_DCACHE, etc.)
|
||||
|
||||
read_super: the method to call when a new instance of this
|
||||
get_sb: the method to call when a new instance of this
|
||||
filesystem should be mounted
|
||||
|
||||
next: for internal VFS use: you should initialise this to NULL
|
||||
kill_sb: the method to call when an instance of this filesystem
|
||||
should be unmounted
|
||||
|
||||
The read_super() method has the following arguments:
|
||||
owner: for internal VFS use: you should initialize this to THIS_MODULE in
|
||||
most cases.
|
||||
|
||||
next: for internal VFS use: you should initialize this to NULL
|
||||
|
||||
The get_sb() method has the following arguments:
|
||||
|
||||
struct super_block *sb: the superblock structure. This is partially
|
||||
initialised by the VFS and the rest must be initialised by the
|
||||
read_super() method
|
||||
initialized by the VFS and the rest must be initialized by the
|
||||
get_sb() method
|
||||
|
||||
int flags: mount flags
|
||||
|
||||
const char *dev_name: the device name we are mounting.
|
||||
|
||||
void *data: arbitrary mount options, usually comes as an ASCII
|
||||
string
|
||||
|
||||
int silent: whether or not to be silent on error
|
||||
|
||||
The read_super() method must determine if the block device specified
|
||||
The get_sb() method must determine if the block device specified
|
||||
in the superblock contains a filesystem of the type the method
|
||||
supports. On success the method returns the superblock pointer, on
|
||||
failure it returns NULL.
|
||||
|
||||
The most interesting member of the superblock structure that the
|
||||
read_super() method fills in is the "s_op" field. This is a pointer to
|
||||
get_sb() method fills in is the "s_op" field. This is a pointer to
|
||||
a "struct super_operations" which describes the next level of the
|
||||
filesystem implementation.
|
||||
|
||||
Usually, a filesystem uses generic one of the generic get_sb()
|
||||
implementations and provides a fill_super() method instead. The
|
||||
generic methods are:
|
||||
|
||||
struct super_operations <section>
|
||||
get_sb_bdev: mount a filesystem residing on a block device
|
||||
|
||||
get_sb_nodev: mount a filesystem that is not backed by a device
|
||||
|
||||
get_sb_single: mount a filesystem which shares the instance between
|
||||
all mounts
|
||||
|
||||
A fill_super() method implementation has the following arguments:
|
||||
|
||||
struct super_block *sb: the superblock structure. The method fill_super()
|
||||
must initialize this properly.
|
||||
|
||||
void *data: arbitrary mount options, usually comes as an ASCII
|
||||
string
|
||||
|
||||
int silent: whether or not to be silent on error
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
struct super_operations
|
||||
=======================
|
||||
|
||||
This describes how the VFS can manipulate the superblock of your
|
||||
filesystem. As of kernel 2.1.99, the following members are defined:
|
||||
filesystem. As of kernel 2.6.13, the following members are defined:
|
||||
|
||||
struct super_operations {
|
||||
void (*read_inode) (struct inode *);
|
||||
int (*write_inode) (struct inode *, int);
|
||||
void (*put_inode) (struct inode *);
|
||||
void (*drop_inode) (struct inode *);
|
||||
void (*delete_inode) (struct inode *);
|
||||
int (*notify_change) (struct dentry *, struct iattr *);
|
||||
void (*put_super) (struct super_block *);
|
||||
void (*write_super) (struct super_block *);
|
||||
int (*statfs) (struct super_block *, struct statfs *, int);
|
||||
int (*remount_fs) (struct super_block *, int *, char *);
|
||||
void (*clear_inode) (struct inode *);
|
||||
struct inode *(*alloc_inode)(struct super_block *sb);
|
||||
void (*destroy_inode)(struct inode *);
|
||||
|
||||
void (*read_inode) (struct inode *);
|
||||
|
||||
void (*dirty_inode) (struct inode *);
|
||||
int (*write_inode) (struct inode *, int);
|
||||
void (*put_inode) (struct inode *);
|
||||
void (*drop_inode) (struct inode *);
|
||||
void (*delete_inode) (struct inode *);
|
||||
void (*put_super) (struct super_block *);
|
||||
void (*write_super) (struct super_block *);
|
||||
int (*sync_fs)(struct super_block *sb, int wait);
|
||||
void (*write_super_lockfs) (struct super_block *);
|
||||
void (*unlockfs) (struct super_block *);
|
||||
int (*statfs) (struct super_block *, struct kstatfs *);
|
||||
int (*remount_fs) (struct super_block *, int *, char *);
|
||||
void (*clear_inode) (struct inode *);
|
||||
void (*umount_begin) (struct super_block *);
|
||||
|
||||
void (*sync_inodes) (struct super_block *sb,
|
||||
struct writeback_control *wbc);
|
||||
int (*show_options)(struct seq_file *, struct vfsmount *);
|
||||
|
||||
ssize_t (*quota_read)(struct super_block *, int, char *, size_t, loff_t);
|
||||
ssize_t (*quota_write)(struct super_block *, int, const char *, size_t, loff_t);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
All methods are called without any locks being held, unless otherwise
|
||||
@ -193,43 +237,62 @@ noted. This means that most methods can block safely. All methods are
|
||||
only called from a process context (i.e. not from an interrupt handler
|
||||
or bottom half).
|
||||
|
||||
alloc_inode: this method is called by inode_alloc() to allocate memory
|
||||
for struct inode and initialize it.
|
||||
|
||||
destroy_inode: this method is called by destroy_inode() to release
|
||||
resources allocated for struct inode.
|
||||
|
||||
read_inode: this method is called to read a specific inode from the
|
||||
mounted filesystem. The "i_ino" member in the "struct inode"
|
||||
will be initialised by the VFS to indicate which inode to
|
||||
read. Other members are filled in by this method
|
||||
mounted filesystem. The i_ino member in the struct inode is
|
||||
initialized by the VFS to indicate which inode to read. Other
|
||||
members are filled in by this method.
|
||||
|
||||
You can set this to NULL and use iget5_locked() instead of iget()
|
||||
to read inodes. This is necessary for filesystems for which the
|
||||
inode number is not sufficient to identify an inode.
|
||||
|
||||
dirty_inode: this method is called by the VFS to mark an inode dirty.
|
||||
|
||||
write_inode: this method is called when the VFS needs to write an
|
||||
inode to disc. The second parameter indicates whether the write
|
||||
should be synchronous or not, not all filesystems check this flag.
|
||||
|
||||
put_inode: called when the VFS inode is removed from the inode
|
||||
cache. This method is optional
|
||||
cache.
|
||||
|
||||
drop_inode: called when the last access to the inode is dropped,
|
||||
with the inode_lock spinlock held.
|
||||
|
||||
This method should be either NULL (normal unix filesystem
|
||||
This method should be either NULL (normal UNIX filesystem
|
||||
semantics) or "generic_delete_inode" (for filesystems that do not
|
||||
want to cache inodes - causing "delete_inode" to always be
|
||||
called regardless of the value of i_nlink)
|
||||
|
||||
The "generic_delete_inode()" behaviour is equivalent to the
|
||||
The "generic_delete_inode()" behavior is equivalent to the
|
||||
old practice of using "force_delete" in the put_inode() case,
|
||||
but does not have the races that the "force_delete()" approach
|
||||
had.
|
||||
|
||||
delete_inode: called when the VFS wants to delete an inode
|
||||
|
||||
notify_change: called when VFS inode attributes are changed. If this
|
||||
is NULL the VFS falls back to the write_inode() method. This
|
||||
is called with the kernel lock held
|
||||
|
||||
put_super: called when the VFS wishes to free the superblock
|
||||
(i.e. unmount). This is called with the superblock lock held
|
||||
|
||||
write_super: called when the VFS superblock needs to be written to
|
||||
disc. This method is optional
|
||||
|
||||
sync_fs: called when VFS is writing out all dirty data associated with
|
||||
a superblock. The second parameter indicates whether the method
|
||||
should wait until the write out has been completed. Optional.
|
||||
|
||||
write_super_lockfs: called when VFS is locking a filesystem and forcing
|
||||
it into a consistent state. This function is currently used by the
|
||||
Logical Volume Manager (LVM).
|
||||
|
||||
unlockfs: called when VFS is unlocking a filesystem and making it writable
|
||||
again.
|
||||
|
||||
statfs: called when the VFS needs to get filesystem statistics. This
|
||||
is called with the kernel lock held
|
||||
|
||||
@ -238,21 +301,31 @@ or bottom half).
|
||||
|
||||
clear_inode: called then the VFS clears the inode. Optional
|
||||
|
||||
umount_begin: called when the VFS is unmounting a filesystem.
|
||||
|
||||
sync_inodes: called when the VFS is writing out dirty data associated with
|
||||
a superblock.
|
||||
|
||||
show_options: called by the VFS to show mount options for /proc/<pid>/mounts.
|
||||
|
||||
quota_read: called by the VFS to read from filesystem quota file.
|
||||
|
||||
quota_write: called by the VFS to write to filesystem quota file.
|
||||
|
||||
The read_inode() method is responsible for filling in the "i_op"
|
||||
field. This is a pointer to a "struct inode_operations" which
|
||||
describes the methods that can be performed on individual inodes.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
struct inode_operations <section>
|
||||
struct inode_operations
|
||||
=======================
|
||||
|
||||
This describes how the VFS can manipulate an inode in your
|
||||
filesystem. As of kernel 2.1.99, the following members are defined:
|
||||
filesystem. As of kernel 2.6.13, the following members are defined:
|
||||
|
||||
struct inode_operations {
|
||||
struct file_operations * default_file_ops;
|
||||
int (*create) (struct inode *,struct dentry *,int);
|
||||
int (*lookup) (struct inode *,struct dentry *);
|
||||
int (*create) (struct inode *,struct dentry *,int, struct nameidata *);
|
||||
struct dentry * (*lookup) (struct inode *,struct dentry *, struct nameidata *);
|
||||
int (*link) (struct dentry *,struct inode *,struct dentry *);
|
||||
int (*unlink) (struct inode *,struct dentry *);
|
||||
int (*symlink) (struct inode *,struct dentry *,const char *);
|
||||
@ -261,25 +334,22 @@ struct inode_operations {
|
||||
int (*mknod) (struct inode *,struct dentry *,int,dev_t);
|
||||
int (*rename) (struct inode *, struct dentry *,
|
||||
struct inode *, struct dentry *);
|
||||
int (*readlink) (struct dentry *, char *,int);
|
||||
struct dentry * (*follow_link) (struct dentry *, struct dentry *);
|
||||
int (*readpage) (struct file *, struct page *);
|
||||
int (*writepage) (struct page *page, struct writeback_control *wbc);
|
||||
int (*bmap) (struct inode *,int);
|
||||
int (*readlink) (struct dentry *, char __user *,int);
|
||||
void * (*follow_link) (struct dentry *, struct nameidata *);
|
||||
void (*put_link) (struct dentry *, struct nameidata *, void *);
|
||||
void (*truncate) (struct inode *);
|
||||
int (*permission) (struct inode *, int);
|
||||
int (*smap) (struct inode *,int);
|
||||
int (*updatepage) (struct file *, struct page *, const char *,
|
||||
unsigned long, unsigned int, int);
|
||||
int (*revalidate) (struct dentry *);
|
||||
int (*permission) (struct inode *, int, struct nameidata *);
|
||||
int (*setattr) (struct dentry *, struct iattr *);
|
||||
int (*getattr) (struct vfsmount *mnt, struct dentry *, struct kstat *);
|
||||
int (*setxattr) (struct dentry *, const char *,const void *,size_t,int);
|
||||
ssize_t (*getxattr) (struct dentry *, const char *, void *, size_t);
|
||||
ssize_t (*listxattr) (struct dentry *, char *, size_t);
|
||||
int (*removexattr) (struct dentry *, const char *);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
Again, all methods are called without any locks being held, unless
|
||||
otherwise noted.
|
||||
|
||||
default_file_ops: this is a pointer to a "struct file_operations"
|
||||
which describes how to open and then manipulate open files
|
||||
|
||||
create: called by the open(2) and creat(2) system calls. Only
|
||||
required if you want to support regular files. The dentry you
|
||||
get should not have an inode (i.e. it should be a negative
|
||||
@ -328,31 +398,143 @@ otherwise noted.
|
||||
you want to support reading symbolic links
|
||||
|
||||
follow_link: called by the VFS to follow a symbolic link to the
|
||||
inode it points to. Only required if you want to support
|
||||
symbolic links
|
||||
inode it points to. Only required if you want to support
|
||||
symbolic links. This function returns a void pointer cookie
|
||||
that is passed to put_link().
|
||||
|
||||
put_link: called by the VFS to release resources allocated by
|
||||
follow_link(). The cookie returned by follow_link() is passed to
|
||||
to this function as the last parameter. It is used by filesystems
|
||||
such as NFS where page cache is not stable (i.e. page that was
|
||||
installed when the symbolic link walk started might not be in the
|
||||
page cache at the end of the walk).
|
||||
|
||||
truncate: called by the VFS to change the size of a file. The i_size
|
||||
field of the inode is set to the desired size by the VFS before
|
||||
this function is called. This function is called by the truncate(2)
|
||||
system call and related functionality.
|
||||
|
||||
permission: called by the VFS to check for access rights on a POSIX-like
|
||||
filesystem.
|
||||
|
||||
setattr: called by the VFS to set attributes for a file. This function is
|
||||
called by chmod(2) and related system calls.
|
||||
|
||||
getattr: called by the VFS to get attributes of a file. This function is
|
||||
called by stat(2) and related system calls.
|
||||
|
||||
setxattr: called by the VFS to set an extended attribute for a file.
|
||||
Extended attribute is a name:value pair associated with an inode. This
|
||||
function is called by setxattr(2) system call.
|
||||
|
||||
getxattr: called by the VFS to retrieve the value of an extended attribute
|
||||
name. This function is called by getxattr(2) function call.
|
||||
|
||||
listxattr: called by the VFS to list all extended attributes for a given
|
||||
file. This function is called by listxattr(2) system call.
|
||||
|
||||
removexattr: called by the VFS to remove an extended attribute from a file.
|
||||
This function is called by removexattr(2) system call.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
struct file_operations <section>
|
||||
struct address_space_operations
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
||||
This describes how the VFS can manipulate mapping of a file to page cache in
|
||||
your filesystem. As of kernel 2.6.13, the following members are defined:
|
||||
|
||||
struct address_space_operations {
|
||||
int (*writepage)(struct page *page, struct writeback_control *wbc);
|
||||
int (*readpage)(struct file *, struct page *);
|
||||
int (*sync_page)(struct page *);
|
||||
int (*writepages)(struct address_space *, struct writeback_control *);
|
||||
int (*set_page_dirty)(struct page *page);
|
||||
int (*readpages)(struct file *filp, struct address_space *mapping,
|
||||
struct list_head *pages, unsigned nr_pages);
|
||||
int (*prepare_write)(struct file *, struct page *, unsigned, unsigned);
|
||||
int (*commit_write)(struct file *, struct page *, unsigned, unsigned);
|
||||
sector_t (*bmap)(struct address_space *, sector_t);
|
||||
int (*invalidatepage) (struct page *, unsigned long);
|
||||
int (*releasepage) (struct page *, int);
|
||||
ssize_t (*direct_IO)(int, struct kiocb *, const struct iovec *iov,
|
||||
loff_t offset, unsigned long nr_segs);
|
||||
struct page* (*get_xip_page)(struct address_space *, sector_t,
|
||||
int);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
writepage: called by the VM write a dirty page to backing store.
|
||||
|
||||
readpage: called by the VM to read a page from backing store.
|
||||
|
||||
sync_page: called by the VM to notify the backing store to perform all
|
||||
queued I/O operations for a page. I/O operations for other pages
|
||||
associated with this address_space object may also be performed.
|
||||
|
||||
writepages: called by the VM to write out pages associated with the
|
||||
address_space object.
|
||||
|
||||
set_page_dirty: called by the VM to set a page dirty.
|
||||
|
||||
readpages: called by the VM to read pages associated with the address_space
|
||||
object.
|
||||
|
||||
prepare_write: called by the generic write path in VM to set up a write
|
||||
request for a page.
|
||||
|
||||
commit_write: called by the generic write path in VM to write page to
|
||||
its backing store.
|
||||
|
||||
bmap: called by the VFS to map a logical block offset within object to
|
||||
physical block number. This method is use by for the legacy FIBMAP
|
||||
ioctl. Other uses are discouraged.
|
||||
|
||||
invalidatepage: called by the VM on truncate to disassociate a page from its
|
||||
address_space mapping.
|
||||
|
||||
releasepage: called by the VFS to release filesystem specific metadata from
|
||||
a page.
|
||||
|
||||
direct_IO: called by the VM for direct I/O writes and reads.
|
||||
|
||||
get_xip_page: called by the VM to translate a block number to a page.
|
||||
The page is valid until the corresponding filesystem is unmounted.
|
||||
Filesystems that want to use execute-in-place (XIP) need to implement
|
||||
it. An example implementation can be found in fs/ext2/xip.c.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
struct file_operations
|
||||
======================
|
||||
|
||||
This describes how the VFS can manipulate an open file. As of kernel
|
||||
2.1.99, the following members are defined:
|
||||
2.6.13, the following members are defined:
|
||||
|
||||
struct file_operations {
|
||||
loff_t (*llseek) (struct file *, loff_t, int);
|
||||
ssize_t (*read) (struct file *, char *, size_t, loff_t *);
|
||||
ssize_t (*write) (struct file *, const char *, size_t, loff_t *);
|
||||
ssize_t (*read) (struct file *, char __user *, size_t, loff_t *);
|
||||
ssize_t (*aio_read) (struct kiocb *, char __user *, size_t, loff_t);
|
||||
ssize_t (*write) (struct file *, const char __user *, size_t, loff_t *);
|
||||
ssize_t (*aio_write) (struct kiocb *, const char __user *, size_t, loff_t);
|
||||
int (*readdir) (struct file *, void *, filldir_t);
|
||||
unsigned int (*poll) (struct file *, struct poll_table_struct *);
|
||||
int (*ioctl) (struct inode *, struct file *, unsigned int, unsigned long);
|
||||
long (*unlocked_ioctl) (struct file *, unsigned int, unsigned long);
|
||||
long (*compat_ioctl) (struct file *, unsigned int, unsigned long);
|
||||
int (*mmap) (struct file *, struct vm_area_struct *);
|
||||
int (*open) (struct inode *, struct file *);
|
||||
int (*flush) (struct file *);
|
||||
int (*release) (struct inode *, struct file *);
|
||||
int (*fsync) (struct file *, struct dentry *);
|
||||
int (*fasync) (struct file *, int);
|
||||
int (*check_media_change) (kdev_t dev);
|
||||
int (*revalidate) (kdev_t dev);
|
||||
int (*fsync) (struct file *, struct dentry *, int datasync);
|
||||
int (*aio_fsync) (struct kiocb *, int datasync);
|
||||
int (*fasync) (int, struct file *, int);
|
||||
int (*lock) (struct file *, int, struct file_lock *);
|
||||
ssize_t (*readv) (struct file *, const struct iovec *, unsigned long, loff_t *);
|
||||
ssize_t (*writev) (struct file *, const struct iovec *, unsigned long, loff_t *);
|
||||
ssize_t (*sendfile) (struct file *, loff_t *, size_t, read_actor_t, void *);
|
||||
ssize_t (*sendpage) (struct file *, struct page *, int, size_t, loff_t *, int);
|
||||
unsigned long (*get_unmapped_area)(struct file *, unsigned long, unsigned long, unsigned long, unsigned long);
|
||||
int (*check_flags)(int);
|
||||
int (*dir_notify)(struct file *filp, unsigned long arg);
|
||||
int (*flock) (struct file *, int, struct file_lock *);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
Again, all methods are called without any locks being held, unless
|
||||
@ -362,8 +544,12 @@ otherwise noted.
|
||||
|
||||
read: called by read(2) and related system calls
|
||||
|
||||
aio_read: called by io_submit(2) and other asynchronous I/O operations
|
||||
|
||||
write: called by write(2) and related system calls
|
||||
|
||||
aio_write: called by io_submit(2) and other asynchronous I/O operations
|
||||
|
||||
readdir: called when the VFS needs to read the directory contents
|
||||
|
||||
poll: called by the VFS when a process wants to check if there is
|
||||
@ -372,18 +558,25 @@ otherwise noted.
|
||||
|
||||
ioctl: called by the ioctl(2) system call
|
||||
|
||||
unlocked_ioctl: called by the ioctl(2) system call. Filesystems that do not
|
||||
require the BKL should use this method instead of the ioctl() above.
|
||||
|
||||
compat_ioctl: called by the ioctl(2) system call when 32 bit system calls
|
||||
are used on 64 bit kernels.
|
||||
|
||||
mmap: called by the mmap(2) system call
|
||||
|
||||
open: called by the VFS when an inode should be opened. When the VFS
|
||||
opens a file, it creates a new "struct file" and initialises
|
||||
the "f_op" file operations member with the "default_file_ops"
|
||||
field in the inode structure. It then calls the open method
|
||||
for the newly allocated file structure. You might think that
|
||||
the open method really belongs in "struct inode_operations",
|
||||
and you may be right. I think it's done the way it is because
|
||||
it makes filesystems simpler to implement. The open() method
|
||||
is a good place to initialise the "private_data" member in the
|
||||
file structure if you want to point to a device structure
|
||||
opens a file, it creates a new "struct file". It then calls the
|
||||
open method for the newly allocated file structure. You might
|
||||
think that the open method really belongs in
|
||||
"struct inode_operations", and you may be right. I think it's
|
||||
done the way it is because it makes filesystems simpler to
|
||||
implement. The open() method is a good place to initialize the
|
||||
"private_data" member in the file structure if you want to point
|
||||
to a device structure
|
||||
|
||||
flush: called by the close(2) system call to flush a file
|
||||
|
||||
release: called when the last reference to an open file is closed
|
||||
|
||||
@ -392,6 +585,23 @@ otherwise noted.
|
||||
fasync: called by the fcntl(2) system call when asynchronous
|
||||
(non-blocking) mode is enabled for a file
|
||||
|
||||
lock: called by the fcntl(2) system call for F_GETLK, F_SETLK, and F_SETLKW
|
||||
commands
|
||||
|
||||
readv: called by the readv(2) system call
|
||||
|
||||
writev: called by the writev(2) system call
|
||||
|
||||
sendfile: called by the sendfile(2) system call
|
||||
|
||||
get_unmapped_area: called by the mmap(2) system call
|
||||
|
||||
check_flags: called by the fcntl(2) system call for F_SETFL command
|
||||
|
||||
dir_notify: called by the fcntl(2) system call for F_NOTIFY command
|
||||
|
||||
flock: called by the flock(2) system call
|
||||
|
||||
Note that the file operations are implemented by the specific
|
||||
filesystem in which the inode resides. When opening a device node
|
||||
(character or block special) most filesystems will call special
|
||||
@ -400,29 +610,28 @@ driver information. These support routines replace the filesystem file
|
||||
operations with those for the device driver, and then proceed to call
|
||||
the new open() method for the file. This is how opening a device file
|
||||
in the filesystem eventually ends up calling the device driver open()
|
||||
method. Note the devfs (the Device FileSystem) has a more direct path
|
||||
from device node to device driver (this is an unofficial kernel
|
||||
patch).
|
||||
method.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Directory Entry Cache (dcache) <section>
|
||||
------------------------------
|
||||
Directory Entry Cache (dcache)
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
struct dentry_operations
|
||||
========================
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
This describes how a filesystem can overload the standard dentry
|
||||
operations. Dentries and the dcache are the domain of the VFS and the
|
||||
individual filesystem implementations. Device drivers have no business
|
||||
here. These methods may be set to NULL, as they are either optional or
|
||||
the VFS uses a default. As of kernel 2.1.99, the following members are
|
||||
the VFS uses a default. As of kernel 2.6.13, the following members are
|
||||
defined:
|
||||
|
||||
struct dentry_operations {
|
||||
int (*d_revalidate)(struct dentry *);
|
||||
int (*d_revalidate)(struct dentry *, struct nameidata *);
|
||||
int (*d_hash) (struct dentry *, struct qstr *);
|
||||
int (*d_compare) (struct dentry *, struct qstr *, struct qstr *);
|
||||
void (*d_delete)(struct dentry *);
|
||||
int (*d_delete)(struct dentry *);
|
||||
void (*d_release)(struct dentry *);
|
||||
void (*d_iput)(struct dentry *, struct inode *);
|
||||
};
|
||||
@ -451,6 +660,7 @@ Each dentry has a pointer to its parent dentry, as well as a hash list
|
||||
of child dentries. Child dentries are basically like files in a
|
||||
directory.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Directory Entry Cache APIs
|
||||
--------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
@ -471,7 +681,7 @@ manipulate dentries:
|
||||
"d_delete" method is called
|
||||
|
||||
d_drop: this unhashes a dentry from its parents hash list. A
|
||||
subsequent call to dput() will dellocate the dentry if its
|
||||
subsequent call to dput() will deallocate the dentry if its
|
||||
usage count drops to 0
|
||||
|
||||
d_delete: delete a dentry. If there are no other open references to
|
||||
@ -507,16 +717,16 @@ up by walking the tree starting with the first component
|
||||
of the pathname and using that dentry along with the next
|
||||
component to look up the next level and so on. Since it
|
||||
is a frequent operation for workloads like multiuser
|
||||
environments and webservers, it is important to optimize
|
||||
environments and web servers, it is important to optimize
|
||||
this path.
|
||||
|
||||
Prior to 2.5.10, dcache_lock was acquired in d_lookup and thus
|
||||
in every component during path look-up. Since 2.5.10 onwards,
|
||||
fastwalk algorithm changed this by holding the dcache_lock
|
||||
fast-walk algorithm changed this by holding the dcache_lock
|
||||
at the beginning and walking as many cached path component
|
||||
dentries as possible. This signficantly decreases the number
|
||||
dentries as possible. This significantly decreases the number
|
||||
of acquisition of dcache_lock. However it also increases the
|
||||
lock hold time signficantly and affects performance in large
|
||||
lock hold time significantly and affects performance in large
|
||||
SMP machines. Since 2.5.62 kernel, dcache has been using
|
||||
a new locking model that uses RCU to make dcache look-up
|
||||
lock-free.
|
||||
@ -527,7 +737,7 @@ protected the hash chain, d_child, d_alias, d_lru lists as well
|
||||
as d_inode and several other things like mount look-up. RCU-based
|
||||
changes affect only the way the hash chain is protected. For everything
|
||||
else the dcache_lock must be taken for both traversing as well as
|
||||
updating. The hash chain updations too take the dcache_lock.
|
||||
updating. The hash chain updates too take the dcache_lock.
|
||||
The significant change is the way d_lookup traverses the hash chain,
|
||||
it doesn't acquire the dcache_lock for this and rely on RCU to
|
||||
ensure that the dentry has not been *freed*.
|
||||
@ -535,14 +745,15 @@ ensure that the dentry has not been *freed*.
|
||||
|
||||
Dcache locking details
|
||||
----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
For many multi-user workloads, open() and stat() on files are
|
||||
very frequently occurring operations. Both involve walking
|
||||
of path names to find the dentry corresponding to the
|
||||
concerned file. In 2.4 kernel, dcache_lock was held
|
||||
during look-up of each path component. Contention and
|
||||
cacheline bouncing of this global lock caused significant
|
||||
cache-line bouncing of this global lock caused significant
|
||||
scalability problems. With the introduction of RCU
|
||||
in linux kernel, this was worked around by making
|
||||
in Linux kernel, this was worked around by making
|
||||
the look-up of path components during path walking lock-free.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -562,7 +773,7 @@ Some of the important changes are :
|
||||
2. Insertion of a dentry into the hash table is done using
|
||||
hlist_add_head_rcu() which take care of ordering the writes -
|
||||
the writes to the dentry must be visible before the dentry
|
||||
is inserted. This works in conjuction with hlist_for_each_rcu()
|
||||
is inserted. This works in conjunction with hlist_for_each_rcu()
|
||||
while walking the hash chain. The only requirement is that
|
||||
all initialization to the dentry must be done before hlist_add_head_rcu()
|
||||
since we don't have dcache_lock protection while traversing
|
||||
@ -584,7 +795,7 @@ Some of the important changes are :
|
||||
the same. In some sense, dcache_rcu path walking looks like
|
||||
the pre-2.5.10 version.
|
||||
|
||||
5. All dentry hash chain updations must take the dcache_lock as well as
|
||||
5. All dentry hash chain updates must take the dcache_lock as well as
|
||||
the per-dentry lock in that order. dput() does this to ensure
|
||||
that a dentry that has just been looked up in another CPU
|
||||
doesn't get deleted before dget() can be done on it.
|
||||
@ -640,10 +851,10 @@ handled as described below :
|
||||
Since we redo the d_parent check and compare name while holding
|
||||
d_lock, lock-free look-up will not race against d_move().
|
||||
|
||||
4. There can be a theoritical race when a dentry keeps coming back
|
||||
4. There can be a theoretical race when a dentry keeps coming back
|
||||
to original bucket due to double moves. Due to this look-up may
|
||||
consider that it has never moved and can end up in a infinite loop.
|
||||
But this is not any worse that theoritical livelocks we already
|
||||
But this is not any worse that theoretical livelocks we already
|
||||
have in the kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -2,16 +2,11 @@ Kernel driver lm78
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
Supported chips:
|
||||
* National Semiconductor LM78
|
||||
* National Semiconductor LM78 / LM78-J
|
||||
Prefix: 'lm78'
|
||||
Addresses scanned: I2C 0x20 - 0x2f, ISA 0x290 (8 I/O ports)
|
||||
Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website
|
||||
http://www.national.com/
|
||||
* National Semiconductor LM78-J
|
||||
Prefix: 'lm78-j'
|
||||
Addresses scanned: I2C 0x20 - 0x2f, ISA 0x290 (8 I/O ports)
|
||||
Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website
|
||||
http://www.national.com/
|
||||
* National Semiconductor LM79
|
||||
Prefix: 'lm79'
|
||||
Addresses scanned: I2C 0x20 - 0x2f, ISA 0x290 (8 I/O ports)
|
||||
|
174
Documentation/hwmon/w83792d
Normal file
174
Documentation/hwmon/w83792d
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
|
||||
Kernel driver w83792d
|
||||
=====================
|
||||
|
||||
Supported chips:
|
||||
* Winbond W83792D
|
||||
Prefix: 'w83792d'
|
||||
Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c - 0x2f
|
||||
Datasheet: http://www.winbond.com.tw/E-WINBONDHTM/partner/PDFresult.asp?Pname=1035
|
||||
|
||||
Author: Chunhao Huang
|
||||
Contact: DZShen <DZShen@Winbond.com.tw>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Module Parameters
|
||||
-----------------
|
||||
|
||||
* init int
|
||||
(default 1)
|
||||
Use 'init=0' to bypass initializing the chip.
|
||||
Try this if your computer crashes when you load the module.
|
||||
|
||||
* force_subclients=bus,caddr,saddr,saddr
|
||||
This is used to force the i2c addresses for subclients of
|
||||
a certain chip. Example usage is `force_subclients=0,0x2f,0x4a,0x4b'
|
||||
to force the subclients of chip 0x2f on bus 0 to i2c addresses
|
||||
0x4a and 0x4b.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
This driver implements support for the Winbond W83792AD/D.
|
||||
|
||||
Detection of the chip can sometimes be foiled because it can be in an
|
||||
internal state that allows no clean access (Bank with ID register is not
|
||||
currently selected). If you know the address of the chip, use a 'force'
|
||||
parameter; this will put it into a more well-behaved state first.
|
||||
|
||||
The driver implements three temperature sensors, seven fan rotation speed
|
||||
sensors, nine voltage sensors, and two automatic fan regulation
|
||||
strategies called: Smart Fan I (Thermal Cruise mode) and Smart Fan II.
|
||||
Automatic fan control mode is possible only for fan1-fan3. Fan4-fan7 can run
|
||||
synchronized with selected fan (fan1-fan3). This functionality and manual PWM
|
||||
control for fan4-fan7 is not yet implemented.
|
||||
|
||||
Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius and measurement resolution is 1
|
||||
degC for temp1 and 0.5 degC for temp2 and temp3. An alarm is triggered when
|
||||
the temperature gets higher than the Overtemperature Shutdown value; it stays
|
||||
on until the temperature falls below the Hysteresis value.
|
||||
|
||||
Fan rotation speeds are reported in RPM (rotations per minute). An alarm is
|
||||
triggered if the rotation speed has dropped below a programmable limit. Fan
|
||||
readings can be divided by a programmable divider (1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 or
|
||||
128) to give the readings more range or accuracy.
|
||||
|
||||
Voltage sensors (also known as IN sensors) report their values in millivolts.
|
||||
An alarm is triggered if the voltage has crossed a programmable minimum
|
||||
or maximum limit.
|
||||
|
||||
Alarms are provided as output from "realtime status register". Following bits
|
||||
are defined:
|
||||
|
||||
bit - alarm on:
|
||||
0 - in0
|
||||
1 - in1
|
||||
2 - temp1
|
||||
3 - temp2
|
||||
4 - temp3
|
||||
5 - fan1
|
||||
6 - fan2
|
||||
7 - fan3
|
||||
8 - in2
|
||||
9 - in3
|
||||
10 - in4
|
||||
11 - in5
|
||||
12 - in6
|
||||
13 - VID change
|
||||
14 - chassis
|
||||
15 - fan7
|
||||
16 - tart1
|
||||
17 - tart2
|
||||
18 - tart3
|
||||
19 - in7
|
||||
20 - in8
|
||||
21 - fan4
|
||||
22 - fan5
|
||||
23 - fan6
|
||||
|
||||
Tart will be asserted while target temperature cannot be achieved after 3 minutes
|
||||
of full speed rotation of corresponding fan.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition to the alarms described above, there is a CHAS alarm on the chips
|
||||
which triggers if your computer case is open (This one is latched, contrary
|
||||
to realtime alarms).
|
||||
|
||||
The chips only update values each 3 seconds; reading them more often will
|
||||
do no harm, but will return 'old' values.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
W83792D PROBLEMS
|
||||
----------------
|
||||
Known problems:
|
||||
- This driver is only for Winbond W83792D C version device, there
|
||||
are also some motherboards with B version W83792D device. The
|
||||
calculation method to in6-in7(measured value, limits) is a little
|
||||
different between C and B version. C or B version can be identified
|
||||
by CR[0x49h].
|
||||
- The function of vid and vrm has not been finished, because I'm NOT
|
||||
very familiar with them. Adding support is welcome.
|
||||
- The function of chassis open detection needs more tests.
|
||||
- If you have ASUS server board and chip was not found: Then you will
|
||||
need to upgrade to latest (or beta) BIOS. If it does not help please
|
||||
contact us.
|
||||
|
||||
Fan control
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
Manual mode
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
Works as expected. You just need to specify desired PWM/DC value (fan speed)
|
||||
in appropriate pwm# file.
|
||||
|
||||
Thermal cruise
|
||||
--------------
|
||||
|
||||
In this mode, W83792D provides the Smart Fan system to automatically control
|
||||
fan speed to keep the temperatures of CPU and the system within specific
|
||||
range. At first a wanted temperature and interval must be set. This is done
|
||||
via thermal_cruise# file. The tolerance# file serves to create T +- tolerance
|
||||
interval. The fan speed will be lowered as long as the current temperature
|
||||
remains below the thermal_cruise# +- tolerance# value. Once the temperature
|
||||
exceeds the high limit (T+tolerance), the fan will be turned on with a
|
||||
specific speed set by pwm# and automatically controlled its PWM duty cycle
|
||||
with the temperature varying. Three conditions may occur:
|
||||
|
||||
(1) If the temperature still exceeds the high limit, PWM duty
|
||||
cycle will increase slowly.
|
||||
|
||||
(2) If the temperature goes below the high limit, but still above the low
|
||||
limit (T-tolerance), the fan speed will be fixed at the current speed because
|
||||
the temperature is in the target range.
|
||||
|
||||
(3) If the temperature goes below the low limit, PWM duty cycle will decrease
|
||||
slowly to 0 or a preset stop value until the temperature exceeds the low
|
||||
limit. (The preset stop value handling is not yet implemented in driver)
|
||||
|
||||
Smart Fan II
|
||||
------------
|
||||
|
||||
W83792D also provides a special mode for fan. Four temperature points are
|
||||
available. When related temperature sensors detects the temperature in preset
|
||||
temperature region (sf2_point@_fan# +- tolerance#) it will cause fans to run
|
||||
on programmed value from sf2_level@_fan#. You need to set four temperatures
|
||||
for each fan.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/sys files
|
||||
----------
|
||||
|
||||
pwm[1-3] - this file stores PWM duty cycle or DC value (fan speed) in range:
|
||||
0 (stop) to 255 (full)
|
||||
pwm[1-3]_enable - this file controls mode of fan/temperature control:
|
||||
* 0 Disabled
|
||||
* 1 Manual mode
|
||||
* 2 Smart Fan II
|
||||
* 3 Thermal Cruise
|
||||
pwm[1-3]_mode - Select PWM of DC mode
|
||||
* 0 DC
|
||||
* 1 PWM
|
||||
thermal_cruise[1-3] - Selects the desired temperature for cruise (degC)
|
||||
tolerance[1-3] - Value in degrees of Celsius (degC) for +- T
|
||||
sf2_point[1-4]_fan[1-3] - four temperature points for each fan for Smart Fan II
|
||||
sf2_level[1-3]_fan[1-3] - three PWM/DC levels for each fan for Smart Fan II
|
@ -4,22 +4,13 @@ Kernel driver max6875
|
||||
Supported chips:
|
||||
* Maxim MAX6874, MAX6875
|
||||
Prefix: 'max6875'
|
||||
Addresses scanned: 0x50, 0x52
|
||||
Addresses scanned: None (see below)
|
||||
Datasheet:
|
||||
http://pdfserv.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX6874-MAX6875.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
Author: Ben Gardner <bgardner@wabtec.com>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Module Parameters
|
||||
-----------------
|
||||
|
||||
* allow_write int
|
||||
Set to non-zero to enable write permission:
|
||||
*0: Read only
|
||||
1: Read and write
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
@ -33,34 +24,85 @@ registers.
|
||||
|
||||
The Maxim MAX6874 is a similar, mostly compatible device, with more intputs
|
||||
and outputs:
|
||||
|
||||
vin gpi vout
|
||||
MAX6874 6 4 8
|
||||
MAX6875 4 3 5
|
||||
|
||||
MAX6874 chips can have four different addresses (as opposed to only two for
|
||||
the MAX6875). The additional addresses (0x54 and 0x56) are not probed by
|
||||
this driver by default, but the probe module parameter can be used if
|
||||
needed.
|
||||
|
||||
See the datasheet for details on how to program the EEPROM.
|
||||
See the datasheet for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Sysfs entries
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
|
||||
eeprom_user - 512 bytes of user-defined EEPROM space. Only writable if
|
||||
allow_write was set and register 0x43 is 0.
|
||||
|
||||
eeprom_config - 70 bytes of config EEPROM. Note that changes will not get
|
||||
loaded into register space until a power cycle or device reset.
|
||||
|
||||
reg_config - 70 bytes of register space. Any changes take affect immediately.
|
||||
eeprom - 512 bytes of user-defined EEPROM space.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
General Remarks
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
|
||||
A typical application will require that the EEPROMs be programmed once and
|
||||
never altered afterwards.
|
||||
Valid addresses for the MAX6875 are 0x50 and 0x52.
|
||||
Valid addresses for the MAX6874 are 0x50, 0x52, 0x54 and 0x56.
|
||||
The driver does not probe any address, so you must force the address.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
$ modprobe max6875 force=0,0x50
|
||||
|
||||
The MAX6874/MAX6875 ignores address bit 0, so this driver attaches to multiple
|
||||
addresses. For example, for address 0x50, it also reserves 0x51.
|
||||
The even-address instance is called 'max6875', the odd one is 'max6875 subclient'.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Programming the chip using i2c-dev
|
||||
----------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Use the i2c-dev interface to access and program the chips.
|
||||
Reads and writes are performed differently depending on the address range.
|
||||
|
||||
The configuration registers are at addresses 0x00 - 0x45.
|
||||
Use i2c_smbus_write_byte_data() to write a register and
|
||||
i2c_smbus_read_byte_data() to read a register.
|
||||
The command is the register number.
|
||||
|
||||
Examples:
|
||||
To write a 1 to register 0x45:
|
||||
i2c_smbus_write_byte_data(fd, 0x45, 1);
|
||||
|
||||
To read register 0x45:
|
||||
value = i2c_smbus_read_byte_data(fd, 0x45);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The configuration EEPROM is at addresses 0x8000 - 0x8045.
|
||||
The user EEPROM is at addresses 0x8100 - 0x82ff.
|
||||
|
||||
Use i2c_smbus_write_word_data() to write a byte to EEPROM.
|
||||
|
||||
The command is the upper byte of the address: 0x80, 0x81, or 0x82.
|
||||
The data word is the lower part of the address or'd with data << 8.
|
||||
cmd = address >> 8;
|
||||
val = (address & 0xff) | (data << 8);
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
To write 0x5a to address 0x8003:
|
||||
i2c_smbus_write_word_data(fd, 0x80, 0x5a03);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Reading data from the EEPROM is a little more complicated.
|
||||
Use i2c_smbus_write_byte_data() to set the read address and then
|
||||
i2c_smbus_read_byte() or i2c_smbus_read_i2c_block_data() to read the data.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
To read data starting at offset 0x8100, first set the address:
|
||||
i2c_smbus_write_byte_data(fd, 0x81, 0x00);
|
||||
|
||||
And then read the data
|
||||
value = i2c_smbus_read_byte(fd);
|
||||
|
||||
or
|
||||
|
||||
count = i2c_smbus_read_i2c_block_data(fd, 0x84, buffer);
|
||||
|
||||
The block read should read 16 bytes.
|
||||
0x84 is the block read command.
|
||||
|
||||
See the datasheet for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ CHECKING THROUGH /DEV
|
||||
If you try to access an adapter from a userspace program, you will have
|
||||
to use the /dev interface. You will still have to check whether the
|
||||
functionality you need is supported, of course. This is done using
|
||||
the I2C_FUNCS ioctl. An example, adapted from the lm_sensors i2c_detect
|
||||
the I2C_FUNCS ioctl. An example, adapted from the lm_sensors i2cdetect
|
||||
program, is below:
|
||||
|
||||
int file;
|
||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
Revision 4, 2004-03-30
|
||||
Revision 5, 2005-07-29
|
||||
Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
|
||||
Greg KH <greg@kroah.com>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -17,20 +17,22 @@ yours for best results.
|
||||
|
||||
Technical changes:
|
||||
|
||||
* [Includes] Get rid of "version.h". Replace <linux/i2c-proc.h> with
|
||||
<linux/i2c-sensor.h>. Includes typically look like that:
|
||||
* [Includes] Get rid of "version.h" and <linux/i2c-proc.h>.
|
||||
Includes typically look like that:
|
||||
#include <linux/module.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/init.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/slab.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/i2c.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/i2c-sensor.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/i2c-vid.h> /* if you need VRM support */
|
||||
#include <linux/hwmon.h> /* for hardware monitoring drivers */
|
||||
#include <linux/hwmon-sysfs.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/hwmon-vid.h> /* if you need VRM support */
|
||||
#include <asm/io.h> /* if you have I/O operations */
|
||||
Please respect this inclusion order. Some extra headers may be
|
||||
required for a given driver (e.g. "lm75.h").
|
||||
|
||||
* [Addresses] SENSORS_I2C_END becomes I2C_CLIENT_END, SENSORS_ISA_END
|
||||
becomes I2C_CLIENT_ISA_END.
|
||||
* [Addresses] SENSORS_I2C_END becomes I2C_CLIENT_END, ISA addresses
|
||||
are no more handled by the i2c core.
|
||||
SENSORS_INSMOD_<n> becomes I2C_CLIENT_INSMOD_<n>.
|
||||
|
||||
* [Client data] Get rid of sysctl_id. Try using standard names for
|
||||
register values (for example, temp_os becomes temp_max). You're
|
||||
@ -66,13 +68,15 @@ Technical changes:
|
||||
if (!(adapter->class & I2C_CLASS_HWMON))
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
ISA-only drivers of course don't need this.
|
||||
Call i2c_probe() instead of i2c_detect().
|
||||
|
||||
* [Detect] As mentioned earlier, the flags parameter is gone.
|
||||
The type_name and client_name strings are replaced by a single
|
||||
name string, which will be filled with a lowercase, short string
|
||||
(typically the driver name, e.g. "lm75").
|
||||
In i2c-only drivers, drop the i2c_is_isa_adapter check, it's
|
||||
useless.
|
||||
useless. Same for isa-only drivers, as the test would always be
|
||||
true. Only hybrid drivers (which are quite rare) still need it.
|
||||
The errorN labels are reduced to the number needed. If that number
|
||||
is 2 (i2c-only drivers), it is advised that the labels are named
|
||||
exit and exit_free. For i2c+isa drivers, labels should be named
|
||||
@ -86,6 +90,8 @@ Technical changes:
|
||||
device_create_file. Move the driver initialization before any
|
||||
sysfs file creation.
|
||||
Drop client->id.
|
||||
Drop any 24RF08 corruption prevention you find, as this is now done
|
||||
at the i2c-core level, and doing it twice voids it.
|
||||
|
||||
* [Init] Limits must not be set by the driver (can be done later in
|
||||
user-space). Chip should not be reset default (although a module
|
||||
@ -93,7 +99,8 @@ Technical changes:
|
||||
limited to the strictly necessary steps.
|
||||
|
||||
* [Detach] Get rid of data, remove the call to
|
||||
i2c_deregister_entry.
|
||||
i2c_deregister_entry. Do not log an error message if
|
||||
i2c_detach_client fails, as i2c-core will now do it for you.
|
||||
|
||||
* [Update] Don't access client->data directly, use
|
||||
i2c_get_clientdata(client) instead.
|
||||
|
@ -148,15 +148,15 @@ are defined in i2c.h to help you support them, as well as a generic
|
||||
detection algorithm.
|
||||
|
||||
You do not have to use this parameter interface; but don't try to use
|
||||
function i2c_probe() (or i2c_detect()) if you don't.
|
||||
function i2c_probe() if you don't.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: If you want to write a `sensors' driver, the interface is slightly
|
||||
different! See below.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Probing classes (i2c)
|
||||
---------------------
|
||||
Probing classes
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
|
||||
All parameters are given as lists of unsigned 16-bit integers. Lists are
|
||||
terminated by I2C_CLIENT_END.
|
||||
@ -171,12 +171,18 @@ The following lists are used internally:
|
||||
ignore: insmod parameter.
|
||||
A list of pairs. The first value is a bus number (-1 for any I2C bus),
|
||||
the second is the I2C address. These addresses are never probed.
|
||||
This parameter overrules 'normal' and 'probe', but not the 'force' lists.
|
||||
This parameter overrules the 'normal_i2c' list only.
|
||||
force: insmod parameter.
|
||||
A list of pairs. The first value is a bus number (-1 for any I2C bus),
|
||||
the second is the I2C address. A device is blindly assumed to be on
|
||||
the given address, no probing is done.
|
||||
|
||||
Additionally, kind-specific force lists may optionally be defined if
|
||||
the driver supports several chip kinds. They are grouped in a
|
||||
NULL-terminated list of pointers named forces, those first element if the
|
||||
generic force list mentioned above. Each additional list correspond to an
|
||||
insmod parameter of the form force_<kind>.
|
||||
|
||||
Fortunately, as a module writer, you just have to define the `normal_i2c'
|
||||
parameter. The complete declaration could look like this:
|
||||
|
||||
@ -186,66 +192,17 @@ parameter. The complete declaration could look like this:
|
||||
|
||||
/* Magic definition of all other variables and things */
|
||||
I2C_CLIENT_INSMOD;
|
||||
/* Or, if your driver supports, say, 2 kind of devices: */
|
||||
I2C_CLIENT_INSMOD_2(foo, bar);
|
||||
|
||||
If you use the multi-kind form, an enum will be defined for you:
|
||||
enum chips { any_chip, foo, bar, ... }
|
||||
You can then (and certainly should) use it in the driver code.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that you *have* to call the defined variable `normal_i2c',
|
||||
without any prefix!
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Probing classes (sensors)
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
If you write a `sensors' driver, you use a slightly different interface.
|
||||
As well as I2C addresses, we have to cope with ISA addresses. Also, we
|
||||
use a enum of chip types. Don't forget to include `sensors.h'.
|
||||
|
||||
The following lists are used internally. They are all lists of integers.
|
||||
|
||||
normal_i2c: filled in by the module writer. Terminated by SENSORS_I2C_END.
|
||||
A list of I2C addresses which should normally be examined.
|
||||
normal_isa: filled in by the module writer. Terminated by SENSORS_ISA_END.
|
||||
A list of ISA addresses which should normally be examined.
|
||||
probe: insmod parameter. Initialize this list with SENSORS_I2C_END values.
|
||||
A list of pairs. The first value is a bus number (SENSORS_ISA_BUS for
|
||||
the ISA bus, -1 for any I2C bus), the second is the address. These
|
||||
addresses are also probed, as if they were in the 'normal' list.
|
||||
ignore: insmod parameter. Initialize this list with SENSORS_I2C_END values.
|
||||
A list of pairs. The first value is a bus number (SENSORS_ISA_BUS for
|
||||
the ISA bus, -1 for any I2C bus), the second is the I2C address. These
|
||||
addresses are never probed. This parameter overrules 'normal' and
|
||||
'probe', but not the 'force' lists.
|
||||
|
||||
Also used is a list of pointers to sensors_force_data structures:
|
||||
force_data: insmod parameters. A list, ending with an element of which
|
||||
the force field is NULL.
|
||||
Each element contains the type of chip and a list of pairs.
|
||||
The first value is a bus number (SENSORS_ISA_BUS for the ISA bus,
|
||||
-1 for any I2C bus), the second is the address.
|
||||
These are automatically translated to insmod variables of the form
|
||||
force_foo.
|
||||
|
||||
So we have a generic insmod variabled `force', and chip-specific variables
|
||||
`force_CHIPNAME'.
|
||||
|
||||
Fortunately, as a module writer, you just have to define the `normal_i2c'
|
||||
and `normal_isa' parameters, and define what chip names are used.
|
||||
The complete declaration could look like this:
|
||||
/* Scan i2c addresses 0x37, and 0x48 to 0x4f */
|
||||
static unsigned short normal_i2c[] = { 0x37, 0x48, 0x49, 0x4a, 0x4b, 0x4c,
|
||||
0x4d, 0x4e, 0x4f, I2C_CLIENT_END };
|
||||
/* Scan ISA address 0x290 */
|
||||
static unsigned int normal_isa[] = {0x0290,SENSORS_ISA_END};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define chips foo and bar, as well as all module parameters and things */
|
||||
SENSORS_INSMOD_2(foo,bar);
|
||||
|
||||
If you have one chip, you use macro SENSORS_INSMOD_1(chip), if you have 2
|
||||
you use macro SENSORS_INSMOD_2(chip1,chip2), etc. If you do not want to
|
||||
bother with chip types, you can use SENSORS_INSMOD_0.
|
||||
|
||||
A enum is automatically defined as follows:
|
||||
enum chips { any_chip, chip1, chip2, ... }
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Attaching to an adapter
|
||||
-----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
@ -264,17 +221,10 @@ detected at a specific address, another callback is called.
|
||||
return i2c_probe(adapter,&addr_data,&foo_detect_client);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
For `sensors' drivers, use the i2c_detect function instead:
|
||||
|
||||
int foo_attach_adapter(struct i2c_adapter *adapter)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return i2c_detect(adapter,&addr_data,&foo_detect_client);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Remember, structure `addr_data' is defined by the macros explained above,
|
||||
so you do not have to define it yourself.
|
||||
|
||||
The i2c_probe or i2c_detect function will call the foo_detect_client
|
||||
The i2c_probe function will call the foo_detect_client
|
||||
function only for those i2c addresses that actually have a device on
|
||||
them (unless a `force' parameter was used). In addition, addresses that
|
||||
are already in use (by some other registered client) are skipped.
|
||||
@ -283,19 +233,18 @@ are already in use (by some other registered client) are skipped.
|
||||
The detect client function
|
||||
--------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The detect client function is called by i2c_probe or i2c_detect.
|
||||
The `kind' parameter contains 0 if this call is due to a `force'
|
||||
parameter, and -1 otherwise (for i2c_detect, it contains 0 if
|
||||
this call is due to the generic `force' parameter, and the chip type
|
||||
number if it is due to a specific `force' parameter).
|
||||
The detect client function is called by i2c_probe. The `kind' parameter
|
||||
contains -1 for a probed detection, 0 for a forced detection, or a positive
|
||||
number for a forced detection with a chip type forced.
|
||||
|
||||
Below, some things are only needed if this is a `sensors' driver. Those
|
||||
parts are between /* SENSORS ONLY START */ and /* SENSORS ONLY END */
|
||||
markers.
|
||||
|
||||
This function should only return an error (any value != 0) if there is
|
||||
some reason why no more detection should be done anymore. If the
|
||||
detection just fails for this address, return 0.
|
||||
Returning an error different from -ENODEV in a detect function will cause
|
||||
the detection to stop: other addresses and adapters won't be scanned.
|
||||
This should only be done on fatal or internal errors, such as a memory
|
||||
shortage or i2c_attach_client failing.
|
||||
|
||||
For now, you can ignore the `flags' parameter. It is there for future use.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -320,11 +269,10 @@ For now, you can ignore the `flags' parameter. It is there for future use.
|
||||
const char *type_name = "";
|
||||
int is_isa = i2c_is_isa_adapter(adapter);
|
||||
|
||||
if (is_isa) {
|
||||
/* Do this only if the chip can additionally be found on the ISA bus
|
||||
(hybrid chip). */
|
||||
|
||||
/* If this client can't be on the ISA bus at all, we can stop now
|
||||
(call `goto ERROR0'). But for kicks, we will assume it is all
|
||||
right. */
|
||||
if (is_isa) {
|
||||
|
||||
/* Discard immediately if this ISA range is already used */
|
||||
if (check_region(address,FOO_EXTENT))
|
||||
@ -495,15 +443,13 @@ much simpler than the attachment code, fortunately!
|
||||
/* SENSORS ONLY END */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Try to detach the client from i2c space */
|
||||
if ((err = i2c_detach_client(client))) {
|
||||
printk("foo.o: Client deregistration failed, client not detached.\n");
|
||||
if ((err = i2c_detach_client(client)))
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* SENSORS ONLY START */
|
||||
/* HYBRID SENSORS CHIP ONLY START */
|
||||
if i2c_is_isa_client(client)
|
||||
release_region(client->addr,LM78_EXTENT);
|
||||
/* SENSORS ONLY END */
|
||||
/* HYBRID SENSORS CHIP ONLY END */
|
||||
|
||||
kfree(client); /* Frees client data too, if allocated at the same time */
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
|
||||
Last update 2002-01-01
|
||||
Last update 2005-09-02
|
||||
|
||||
On the i386 platform, the Linux kernel uses a rather complicated boot
|
||||
convention. This has evolved partially due to historical aspects, as
|
||||
@ -34,6 +34,8 @@ Protocol 2.02: (Kernel 2.4.0-test3-pre3) New command line protocol.
|
||||
Protocol 2.03: (Kernel 2.4.18-pre1) Explicitly makes the highest possible
|
||||
initrd address available to the bootloader.
|
||||
|
||||
Protocol 2.04: (Kernel 2.6.14) Extend the syssize field to four bytes.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**** MEMORY LAYOUT
|
||||
|
||||
@ -103,10 +105,9 @@ The header looks like:
|
||||
Offset Proto Name Meaning
|
||||
/Size
|
||||
|
||||
01F1/1 ALL setup_sects The size of the setup in sectors
|
||||
01F1/1 ALL(1 setup_sects The size of the setup in sectors
|
||||
01F2/2 ALL root_flags If set, the root is mounted readonly
|
||||
01F4/2 ALL syssize DO NOT USE - for bootsect.S use only
|
||||
01F6/2 ALL swap_dev DO NOT USE - obsolete
|
||||
01F4/4 2.04+(2 syssize The size of the 32-bit code in 16-byte paras
|
||||
01F8/2 ALL ram_size DO NOT USE - for bootsect.S use only
|
||||
01FA/2 ALL vid_mode Video mode control
|
||||
01FC/2 ALL root_dev Default root device number
|
||||
@ -129,8 +130,12 @@ Offset Proto Name Meaning
|
||||
0228/4 2.02+ cmd_line_ptr 32-bit pointer to the kernel command line
|
||||
022C/4 2.03+ initrd_addr_max Highest legal initrd address
|
||||
|
||||
For backwards compatibility, if the setup_sects field contains 0, the
|
||||
real value is 4.
|
||||
(1) For backwards compatibility, if the setup_sects field contains 0, the
|
||||
real value is 4.
|
||||
|
||||
(2) For boot protocol prior to 2.04, the upper two bytes of the syssize
|
||||
field are unusable, which means the size of a bzImage kernel
|
||||
cannot be determined.
|
||||
|
||||
If the "HdrS" (0x53726448) magic number is not found at offset 0x202,
|
||||
the boot protocol version is "old". Loading an old kernel, the
|
||||
@ -230,12 +235,16 @@ loader to communicate with the kernel. Some of its options are also
|
||||
relevant to the boot loader itself, see "special command line options"
|
||||
below.
|
||||
|
||||
The kernel command line is a null-terminated string up to 255
|
||||
characters long, plus the final null.
|
||||
The kernel command line is a null-terminated string currently up to
|
||||
255 characters long, plus the final null. A string that is too long
|
||||
will be automatically truncated by the kernel, a boot loader may allow
|
||||
a longer command line to be passed to permit future kernels to extend
|
||||
this limit.
|
||||
|
||||
If the boot protocol version is 2.02 or later, the address of the
|
||||
kernel command line is given by the header field cmd_line_ptr (see
|
||||
above.)
|
||||
above.) This address can be anywhere between the end of the setup
|
||||
heap and 0xA0000.
|
||||
|
||||
If the protocol version is *not* 2.02 or higher, the kernel
|
||||
command line is entered using the following protocol:
|
||||
@ -255,7 +264,7 @@ command line is entered using the following protocol:
|
||||
**** SAMPLE BOOT CONFIGURATION
|
||||
|
||||
As a sample configuration, assume the following layout of the real
|
||||
mode segment:
|
||||
mode segment (this is a typical, and recommended layout):
|
||||
|
||||
0x0000-0x7FFF Real mode kernel
|
||||
0x8000-0x8FFF Stack and heap
|
||||
@ -312,9 +321,9 @@ Such a boot loader should enter the following fields in the header:
|
||||
|
||||
**** LOADING THE REST OF THE KERNEL
|
||||
|
||||
The non-real-mode kernel starts at offset (setup_sects+1)*512 in the
|
||||
kernel file (again, if setup_sects == 0 the real value is 4.) It
|
||||
should be loaded at address 0x10000 for Image/zImage kernels and
|
||||
The 32-bit (non-real-mode) kernel starts at offset (setup_sects+1)*512
|
||||
in the kernel file (again, if setup_sects == 0 the real value is 4.)
|
||||
It should be loaded at address 0x10000 for Image/zImage kernels and
|
||||
0x100000 for bzImage kernels.
|
||||
|
||||
The kernel is a bzImage kernel if the protocol >= 2.00 and the 0x01
|
||||
|
@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
|
||||
IBM ThinkPad ACPI Extras Driver
|
||||
|
||||
Version 0.8
|
||||
8 November 2004
|
||||
Version 0.12
|
||||
17 August 2005
|
||||
|
||||
Borislav Deianov <borislav@users.sf.net>
|
||||
http://ibm-acpi.sf.net/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
This is a Linux ACPI driver for the IBM ThinkPad laptops. It aims to
|
||||
support various features of these laptops which are accessible through
|
||||
the ACPI framework but not otherwise supported by the generic Linux
|
||||
ACPI drivers.
|
||||
This is a Linux ACPI driver for the IBM ThinkPad laptops. It supports
|
||||
various features of these laptops which are accessible through the
|
||||
ACPI framework but not otherwise supported by the generic Linux ACPI
|
||||
drivers.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Status
|
||||
@ -25,9 +25,14 @@ detailed description):
|
||||
- ThinkLight on and off
|
||||
- limited docking and undocking
|
||||
- UltraBay eject
|
||||
- Experimental: CMOS control
|
||||
- Experimental: LED control
|
||||
- Experimental: ACPI sounds
|
||||
- CMOS control
|
||||
- LED control
|
||||
- ACPI sounds
|
||||
- temperature sensors
|
||||
- Experimental: embedded controller register dump
|
||||
- Experimental: LCD brightness control
|
||||
- Experimental: volume control
|
||||
- Experimental: fan speed, fan enable/disable
|
||||
|
||||
A compatibility table by model and feature is maintained on the web
|
||||
site, http://ibm-acpi.sf.net/. I appreciate any success or failure
|
||||
@ -91,12 +96,12 @@ driver is still in the alpha stage, the exact proc file format and
|
||||
commands supported by the various features is guaranteed to change
|
||||
frequently.
|
||||
|
||||
Driver Version -- /proc/acpi/ibm/driver
|
||||
--------------------------------------
|
||||
Driver version -- /proc/acpi/ibm/driver
|
||||
---------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The driver name and version. No commands can be written to this file.
|
||||
|
||||
Hot Keys -- /proc/acpi/ibm/hotkey
|
||||
Hot keys -- /proc/acpi/ibm/hotkey
|
||||
---------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Without this driver, only the Fn-F4 key (sleep button) generates an
|
||||
@ -188,7 +193,7 @@ and, on the X40, video corruption. By disabling automatic switching,
|
||||
the flickering or video corruption can be avoided.
|
||||
|
||||
The video_switch command cycles through the available video outputs
|
||||
(it sumulates the behavior of Fn-F7).
|
||||
(it simulates the behavior of Fn-F7).
|
||||
|
||||
Video expansion can be toggled through this feature. This controls
|
||||
whether the display is expanded to fill the entire LCD screen when a
|
||||
@ -201,6 +206,12 @@ Fn-F7 from working. This also disables the video output switching
|
||||
features of this driver, as it uses the same ACPI methods as
|
||||
Fn-F7. Video switching on the console should still work.
|
||||
|
||||
UPDATE: There's now a patch for the X.org Radeon driver which
|
||||
addresses this issue. Some people are reporting success with the patch
|
||||
while others are still having problems. For more information:
|
||||
|
||||
https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=2000
|
||||
|
||||
ThinkLight control -- /proc/acpi/ibm/light
|
||||
------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
@ -211,7 +222,7 @@ models which do not make the status available will show it as
|
||||
echo on > /proc/acpi/ibm/light
|
||||
echo off > /proc/acpi/ibm/light
|
||||
|
||||
Docking / Undocking -- /proc/acpi/ibm/dock
|
||||
Docking / undocking -- /proc/acpi/ibm/dock
|
||||
------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Docking and undocking (e.g. with the X4 UltraBase) requires some
|
||||
@ -228,11 +239,15 @@ NOTE: These events will only be generated if the laptop was docked
|
||||
when originally booted. This is due to the current lack of support for
|
||||
hot plugging of devices in the Linux ACPI framework. If the laptop was
|
||||
booted while not in the dock, the following message is shown in the
|
||||
logs: "ibm_acpi: dock device not present". No dock-related events are
|
||||
generated but the dock and undock commands described below still
|
||||
work. They can be executed manually or triggered by Fn key
|
||||
combinations (see the example acpid configuration files included in
|
||||
the driver tarball package available on the web site).
|
||||
logs:
|
||||
|
||||
Mar 17 01:42:34 aero kernel: ibm_acpi: dock device not present
|
||||
|
||||
In this case, no dock-related events are generated but the dock and
|
||||
undock commands described below still work. They can be executed
|
||||
manually or triggered by Fn key combinations (see the example acpid
|
||||
configuration files included in the driver tarball package available
|
||||
on the web site).
|
||||
|
||||
When the eject request button on the dock is pressed, the first event
|
||||
above is generated. The handler for this event should issue the
|
||||
@ -267,7 +282,7 @@ the only docking stations currently supported are the X-series
|
||||
UltraBase docks and "dumb" port replicators like the Mini Dock (the
|
||||
latter don't need any ACPI support, actually).
|
||||
|
||||
UltraBay Eject -- /proc/acpi/ibm/bay
|
||||
UltraBay eject -- /proc/acpi/ibm/bay
|
||||
------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Inserting or ejecting an UltraBay device requires some actions to be
|
||||
@ -284,8 +299,11 @@ when the laptop was originally booted (on the X series, the UltraBay
|
||||
is in the dock, so it may not be present if the laptop was undocked).
|
||||
This is due to the current lack of support for hot plugging of devices
|
||||
in the Linux ACPI framework. If the laptop was booted without the
|
||||
UltraBay, the following message is shown in the logs: "ibm_acpi: bay
|
||||
device not present". No bay-related events are generated but the eject
|
||||
UltraBay, the following message is shown in the logs:
|
||||
|
||||
Mar 17 01:42:34 aero kernel: ibm_acpi: bay device not present
|
||||
|
||||
In this case, no bay-related events are generated but the eject
|
||||
command described below still works. It can be executed manually or
|
||||
triggered by a hot key combination.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -306,22 +324,33 @@ necessary to enable the UltraBay device (e.g. call idectl).
|
||||
The contents of the /proc/acpi/ibm/bay file shows the current status
|
||||
of the UltraBay, as provided by the ACPI framework.
|
||||
|
||||
Experimental Features
|
||||
---------------------
|
||||
EXPERIMENTAL warm eject support on the 600e/x, A22p and A3x (To use
|
||||
this feature, you need to supply the experimental=1 parameter when
|
||||
loading the module):
|
||||
|
||||
The following features are marked experimental because using them
|
||||
involves guessing the correct values of some parameters. Guessing
|
||||
incorrectly may have undesirable effects like crashing your
|
||||
ThinkPad. USE THESE WITH CAUTION! To activate them, you'll need to
|
||||
supply the experimental=1 parameter when loading the module.
|
||||
These models do not have a button near the UltraBay device to request
|
||||
a hot eject but rather require the laptop to be put to sleep
|
||||
(suspend-to-ram) before the bay device is ejected or inserted).
|
||||
The sequence of steps to eject the device is as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
Experimental: CMOS control - /proc/acpi/ibm/cmos
|
||||
------------------------------------------------
|
||||
echo eject > /proc/acpi/ibm/bay
|
||||
put the ThinkPad to sleep
|
||||
remove the drive
|
||||
resume from sleep
|
||||
cat /proc/acpi/ibm/bay should show that the drive was removed
|
||||
|
||||
On the A3x, both the UltraBay 2000 and UltraBay Plus devices are
|
||||
supported. Use "eject2" instead of "eject" for the second bay.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: the UltraBay eject support on the 600e/x, A22p and A3x is
|
||||
EXPERIMENTAL and may not work as expected. USE WITH CAUTION!
|
||||
|
||||
CMOS control -- /proc/acpi/ibm/cmos
|
||||
-----------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
This feature is used internally by the ACPI firmware to control the
|
||||
ThinkLight on most newer ThinkPad models. It appears that it can also
|
||||
control LCD brightness, sounds volume and more, but only on some
|
||||
models.
|
||||
ThinkLight on most newer ThinkPad models. It may also control LCD
|
||||
brightness, sounds volume and more, but only on some models.
|
||||
|
||||
The commands are non-negative integer numbers:
|
||||
|
||||
@ -330,10 +359,9 @@ The commands are non-negative integer numbers:
|
||||
echo 2 >/proc/acpi/ibm/cmos
|
||||
...
|
||||
|
||||
The range of numbers which are used internally by various models is 0
|
||||
to 21, but it's possible that numbers outside this range have
|
||||
interesting behavior. Here is the behavior on the X40 (tpb is the
|
||||
ThinkPad Buttons utility):
|
||||
The range of valid numbers is 0 to 21, but not all have an effect and
|
||||
the behavior varies from model to model. Here is the behavior on the
|
||||
X40 (tpb is the ThinkPad Buttons utility):
|
||||
|
||||
0 - no effect but tpb reports "Volume down"
|
||||
1 - no effect but tpb reports "Volume up"
|
||||
@ -346,26 +374,18 @@ ThinkPad Buttons utility):
|
||||
13 - ThinkLight off
|
||||
14 - no effect but tpb reports ThinkLight status change
|
||||
|
||||
If you try this feature, please send me a report similar to the
|
||||
above. On models which allow control of LCD brightness or sound
|
||||
volume, I'd like to provide this functionality in an user-friendly
|
||||
way, but first I need a way to identify the models which this is
|
||||
possible.
|
||||
|
||||
Experimental: LED control - /proc/acpi/ibm/LED
|
||||
----------------------------------------------
|
||||
LED control -- /proc/acpi/ibm/led
|
||||
---------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Some of the LED indicators can be controlled through this feature. The
|
||||
available commands are:
|
||||
|
||||
echo <led number> on >/proc/acpi/ibm/led
|
||||
echo <led number> off >/proc/acpi/ibm/led
|
||||
echo <led number> blink >/proc/acpi/ibm/led
|
||||
echo '<led number> on' >/proc/acpi/ibm/led
|
||||
echo '<led number> off' >/proc/acpi/ibm/led
|
||||
echo '<led number> blink' >/proc/acpi/ibm/led
|
||||
|
||||
The <led number> parameter is a non-negative integer. The range of LED
|
||||
numbers used internally by various models is 0 to 7 but it's possible
|
||||
that numbers outside this range are also valid. Here is the mapping on
|
||||
the X40:
|
||||
The <led number> range is 0 to 7. The set of LEDs that can be
|
||||
controlled varies from model to model. Here is the mapping on the X40:
|
||||
|
||||
0 - power
|
||||
1 - battery (orange)
|
||||
@ -376,49 +396,224 @@ the X40:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the above can be turned on and off and can be made to blink.
|
||||
|
||||
If you try this feature, please send me a report similar to the
|
||||
above. I'd like to provide this functionality in an user-friendly way,
|
||||
but first I need to identify the which numbers correspond to which
|
||||
LEDs on various models.
|
||||
|
||||
Experimental: ACPI sounds - /proc/acpi/ibm/beep
|
||||
-----------------------------------------------
|
||||
ACPI sounds -- /proc/acpi/ibm/beep
|
||||
----------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The BEEP method is used internally by the ACPI firmware to provide
|
||||
audible alerts in various situtation. This feature allows the same
|
||||
audible alerts in various situations. This feature allows the same
|
||||
sounds to be triggered manually.
|
||||
|
||||
The commands are non-negative integer numbers:
|
||||
|
||||
echo 0 >/proc/acpi/ibm/beep
|
||||
echo 1 >/proc/acpi/ibm/beep
|
||||
echo 2 >/proc/acpi/ibm/beep
|
||||
...
|
||||
echo <number> >/proc/acpi/ibm/beep
|
||||
|
||||
The range of numbers which are used internally by various models is 0
|
||||
to 17, but it's possible that numbers outside this range are also
|
||||
valid. Here is the behavior on the X40:
|
||||
The valid <number> range is 0 to 17. Not all numbers trigger sounds
|
||||
and the sounds vary from model to model. Here is the behavior on the
|
||||
X40:
|
||||
|
||||
2 - two beeps, pause, third beep
|
||||
0 - stop a sound in progress (but use 17 to stop 16)
|
||||
2 - two beeps, pause, third beep ("low battery")
|
||||
3 - single beep
|
||||
4 - "unable"
|
||||
4 - high, followed by low-pitched beep ("unable")
|
||||
5 - single beep
|
||||
6 - "AC/DC"
|
||||
6 - very high, followed by high-pitched beep ("AC/DC")
|
||||
7 - high-pitched beep
|
||||
9 - three short beeps
|
||||
10 - very long beep
|
||||
12 - low-pitched beep
|
||||
15 - three high-pitched beeps repeating constantly, stop with 0
|
||||
16 - one medium-pitched beep repeating constantly, stop with 17
|
||||
17 - stop 16
|
||||
|
||||
(I've only been able to identify a couple of them).
|
||||
Temperature sensors -- /proc/acpi/ibm/thermal
|
||||
---------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
If you try this feature, please send me a report similar to the
|
||||
above. I'd like to provide this functionality in an user-friendly way,
|
||||
but first I need to identify the which numbers correspond to which
|
||||
sounds on various models.
|
||||
Most ThinkPads include six or more separate temperature sensors but
|
||||
only expose the CPU temperature through the standard ACPI methods.
|
||||
This feature shows readings from up to eight different sensors. Some
|
||||
readings may not be valid, e.g. may show large negative values. For
|
||||
example, on the X40, a typical output may be:
|
||||
|
||||
temperatures: 42 42 45 41 36 -128 33 -128
|
||||
|
||||
Thomas Gruber took his R51 apart and traced all six active sensors in
|
||||
his laptop (the location of sensors may vary on other models):
|
||||
|
||||
1: CPU
|
||||
2: Mini PCI Module
|
||||
3: HDD
|
||||
4: GPU
|
||||
5: Battery
|
||||
6: N/A
|
||||
7: Battery
|
||||
8: N/A
|
||||
|
||||
No commands can be written to this file.
|
||||
|
||||
EXPERIMENTAL: Embedded controller reigster dump -- /proc/acpi/ibm/ecdump
|
||||
------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
This feature is marked EXPERIMENTAL because the implementation
|
||||
directly accesses hardware registers and may not work as expected. USE
|
||||
WITH CAUTION! To use this feature, you need to supply the
|
||||
experimental=1 parameter when loading the module.
|
||||
|
||||
This feature dumps the values of 256 embedded controller
|
||||
registers. Values which have changed since the last time the registers
|
||||
were dumped are marked with a star:
|
||||
|
||||
[root@x40 ibm-acpi]# cat /proc/acpi/ibm/ecdump
|
||||
EC +00 +01 +02 +03 +04 +05 +06 +07 +08 +09 +0a +0b +0c +0d +0e +0f
|
||||
EC 0x00: a7 47 87 01 fe 96 00 08 01 00 cb 00 00 00 40 00
|
||||
EC 0x10: 00 00 ff ff f4 3c 87 09 01 ff 42 01 ff ff 0d 00
|
||||
EC 0x20: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 03 43 00 00 80
|
||||
EC 0x30: 01 07 1a 00 30 04 00 00 *85 00 00 10 00 50 00 00
|
||||
EC 0x40: 00 00 00 00 00 00 14 01 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||||
EC 0x50: 00 c0 02 0d 00 01 01 02 02 03 03 03 03 *bc *02 *bc
|
||||
EC 0x60: *02 *bc *02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||||
EC 0x70: 00 00 00 00 00 12 30 40 *24 *26 *2c *27 *20 80 *1f 80
|
||||
EC 0x80: 00 00 00 06 *37 *0e 03 00 00 00 0e 07 00 00 00 00
|
||||
EC 0x90: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||||
EC 0xa0: *ff 09 ff 09 ff ff *64 00 *00 *00 *a2 41 *ff *ff *e0 00
|
||||
EC 0xb0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||||
EC 0xc0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||||
EC 0xd0: 03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||||
EC 0xe0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 11 20 49 04 24 06 55 03
|
||||
EC 0xf0: 31 55 48 54 35 38 57 57 08 2f 45 73 07 65 6c 1a
|
||||
|
||||
This feature can be used to determine the register holding the fan
|
||||
speed on some models. To do that, do the following:
|
||||
|
||||
- make sure the battery is fully charged
|
||||
- make sure the fan is running
|
||||
- run 'cat /proc/acpi/ibm/ecdump' several times, once per second or so
|
||||
|
||||
The first step makes sure various charging-related values don't
|
||||
vary. The second ensures that the fan-related values do vary, since
|
||||
the fan speed fluctuates a bit. The third will (hopefully) mark the
|
||||
fan register with a star:
|
||||
|
||||
[root@x40 ibm-acpi]# cat /proc/acpi/ibm/ecdump
|
||||
EC +00 +01 +02 +03 +04 +05 +06 +07 +08 +09 +0a +0b +0c +0d +0e +0f
|
||||
EC 0x00: a7 47 87 01 fe 96 00 08 01 00 cb 00 00 00 40 00
|
||||
EC 0x10: 00 00 ff ff f4 3c 87 09 01 ff 42 01 ff ff 0d 00
|
||||
EC 0x20: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 03 43 00 00 80
|
||||
EC 0x30: 01 07 1a 00 30 04 00 00 85 00 00 10 00 50 00 00
|
||||
EC 0x40: 00 00 00 00 00 00 14 01 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||||
EC 0x50: 00 c0 02 0d 00 01 01 02 02 03 03 03 03 bc 02 bc
|
||||
EC 0x60: 02 bc 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||||
EC 0x70: 00 00 00 00 00 12 30 40 24 27 2c 27 21 80 1f 80
|
||||
EC 0x80: 00 00 00 06 *be 0d 03 00 00 00 0e 07 00 00 00 00
|
||||
EC 0x90: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||||
EC 0xa0: ff 09 ff 09 ff ff 64 00 00 00 a2 41 ff ff e0 00
|
||||
EC 0xb0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||||
EC 0xc0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||||
EC 0xd0: 03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||||
EC 0xe0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 11 20 49 04 24 06 55 03
|
||||
EC 0xf0: 31 55 48 54 35 38 57 57 08 2f 45 73 07 65 6c 1a
|
||||
|
||||
Another set of values that varies often is the temperature
|
||||
readings. Since temperatures don't change vary fast, you can take
|
||||
several quick dumps to eliminate them.
|
||||
|
||||
You can use a similar method to figure out the meaning of other
|
||||
embedded controller registers - e.g. make sure nothing else changes
|
||||
except the charging or discharging battery to determine which
|
||||
registers contain the current battery capacity, etc. If you experiment
|
||||
with this, do send me your results (including some complete dumps with
|
||||
a description of the conditions when they were taken.)
|
||||
|
||||
EXPERIMENTAL: LCD brightness control -- /proc/acpi/ibm/brightness
|
||||
-----------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
This feature is marked EXPERIMENTAL because the implementation
|
||||
directly accesses hardware registers and may not work as expected. USE
|
||||
WITH CAUTION! To use this feature, you need to supply the
|
||||
experimental=1 parameter when loading the module.
|
||||
|
||||
This feature allows software control of the LCD brightness on ThinkPad
|
||||
models which don't have a hardware brightness slider. The available
|
||||
commands are:
|
||||
|
||||
echo up >/proc/acpi/ibm/brightness
|
||||
echo down >/proc/acpi/ibm/brightness
|
||||
echo 'level <level>' >/proc/acpi/ibm/brightness
|
||||
|
||||
The <level> number range is 0 to 7, although not all of them may be
|
||||
distinct. The current brightness level is shown in the file.
|
||||
|
||||
EXPERIMENTAL: Volume control -- /proc/acpi/ibm/volume
|
||||
-----------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
This feature is marked EXPERIMENTAL because the implementation
|
||||
directly accesses hardware registers and may not work as expected. USE
|
||||
WITH CAUTION! To use this feature, you need to supply the
|
||||
experimental=1 parameter when loading the module.
|
||||
|
||||
This feature allows volume control on ThinkPad models which don't have
|
||||
a hardware volume knob. The available commands are:
|
||||
|
||||
echo up >/proc/acpi/ibm/volume
|
||||
echo down >/proc/acpi/ibm/volume
|
||||
echo mute >/proc/acpi/ibm/volume
|
||||
echo 'level <level>' >/proc/acpi/ibm/volume
|
||||
|
||||
The <level> number range is 0 to 15 although not all of them may be
|
||||
distinct. The unmute the volume after the mute command, use either the
|
||||
up or down command (the level command will not unmute the volume).
|
||||
The current volume level and mute state is shown in the file.
|
||||
|
||||
EXPERIMENTAL: fan speed, fan enable/disable -- /proc/acpi/ibm/fan
|
||||
-----------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
This feature is marked EXPERIMENTAL because the implementation
|
||||
directly accesses hardware registers and may not work as expected. USE
|
||||
WITH CAUTION! To use this feature, you need to supply the
|
||||
experimental=1 parameter when loading the module.
|
||||
|
||||
This feature attempts to show the current fan speed. The speed is read
|
||||
directly from the hardware registers of the embedded controller. This
|
||||
is known to work on later R, T and X series ThinkPads but may show a
|
||||
bogus value on other models.
|
||||
|
||||
The fan may be enabled or disabled with the following commands:
|
||||
|
||||
echo enable >/proc/acpi/ibm/fan
|
||||
echo disable >/proc/acpi/ibm/fan
|
||||
|
||||
WARNING WARNING WARNING: do not leave the fan disabled unless you are
|
||||
monitoring the temperature sensor readings and you are ready to enable
|
||||
it if necessary to avoid overheating.
|
||||
|
||||
The fan only runs if it's enabled *and* the various temperature
|
||||
sensors which control it read high enough. On the X40, this seems to
|
||||
depend on the CPU and HDD temperatures. Specifically, the fan is
|
||||
turned on when either the CPU temperature climbs to 56 degrees or the
|
||||
HDD temperature climbs to 46 degrees. The fan is turned off when the
|
||||
CPU temperature drops to 49 degrees and the HDD temperature drops to
|
||||
41 degrees. These thresholds cannot currently be controlled.
|
||||
|
||||
On the X31 and X40 (and ONLY on those models), the fan speed can be
|
||||
controlled to a certain degree. Once the fan is running, it can be
|
||||
forced to run faster or slower with the following command:
|
||||
|
||||
echo 'speed <speed>' > /proc/acpi/ibm/thermal
|
||||
|
||||
The sustainable range of fan speeds on the X40 appears to be from
|
||||
about 3700 to about 7350. Values outside this range either do not have
|
||||
any effect or the fan speed eventually settles somewhere in that
|
||||
range. The fan cannot be stopped or started with this command.
|
||||
|
||||
On the 570, temperature readings are not available through this
|
||||
feature and the fan control works a little differently. The fan speed
|
||||
is reported in levels from 0 (off) to 7 (max) and can be controlled
|
||||
with the following command:
|
||||
|
||||
echo 'level <level>' > /proc/acpi/ibm/thermal
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Multiple Command, Module Parameters
|
||||
-----------------------------------
|
||||
Multiple Commands, Module Parameters
|
||||
------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Multiple commands can be written to the proc files in one shot by
|
||||
separating them with commas, for example:
|
||||
@ -451,24 +646,19 @@ scripts (included with ibm-acpi for completeness):
|
||||
/usr/local/sbin/laptop_mode -- from the Linux kernel source
|
||||
distribution, see Documentation/laptop-mode.txt
|
||||
/sbin/service -- comes with Redhat/Fedora distributions
|
||||
/usr/sbin/hibernate -- from the Software Suspend 2 distribution,
|
||||
see http://softwaresuspend.berlios.de/
|
||||
|
||||
Toan T Nguyen <ntt@control.uchicago.edu> has written a SuSE powersave
|
||||
script for the X20, included in config/usr/sbin/ibm_hotkeys_X20
|
||||
Toan T Nguyen <ntt@physics.ucla.edu> notes that Suse uses the
|
||||
powersave program to suspend ('powersave --suspend-to-ram') or
|
||||
hibernate ('powersave --suspend-to-disk'). This means that the
|
||||
hibernate script is not needed on that distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
Henrik Brix Andersen <brix@gentoo.org> has written a Gentoo ACPI event
|
||||
handler script for the X31. You can get the latest version from
|
||||
http://dev.gentoo.org/~brix/files/x31.sh
|
||||
|
||||
David Schweikert <dws@ee.eth.ch> has written an alternative blank.sh
|
||||
script which works on Debian systems, included in
|
||||
configs/etc/acpi/actions/blank-debian.sh
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
TODO
|
||||
----
|
||||
|
||||
I'd like to implement the following features but haven't yet found the
|
||||
time and/or I don't yet know how to implement them:
|
||||
|
||||
- UltraBay floppy drive support
|
||||
|
||||
script which works on Debian systems. This scripts has now been
|
||||
extended to also work on Fedora systems and included as the default
|
||||
blank.sh in the distribution.
|
||||
|
203
Documentation/input/yealink.txt
Normal file
203
Documentation/input/yealink.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
|
||||
Driver documentation for yealink usb-p1k phones
|
||||
|
||||
0. Status
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
The p1k is a relatively cheap usb 1.1 phone with:
|
||||
- keyboard full support, yealink.ko / input event API
|
||||
- LCD full support, yealink.ko / sysfs API
|
||||
- LED full support, yealink.ko / sysfs API
|
||||
- dialtone full support, yealink.ko / sysfs API
|
||||
- ringtone full support, yealink.ko / sysfs API
|
||||
- audio playback full support, snd_usb_audio.ko / alsa API
|
||||
- audio record full support, snd_usb_audio.ko / alsa API
|
||||
|
||||
For vendor documentation see http://www.yealink.com
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1. Compilation (stand alone version)
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
Currently only kernel 2.6.x.y versions are supported.
|
||||
In order to build the yealink.ko module do:
|
||||
|
||||
make
|
||||
|
||||
If you encounter problems please check if in the MAKE_OPTS variable in
|
||||
the Makefile is pointing to the location where your kernel sources
|
||||
are located, default /usr/src/linux.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. keyboard features
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
The current mapping in the kernel is provided by the map_p1k_to_key
|
||||
function:
|
||||
|
||||
Physical USB-P1K button layout input events
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
up up
|
||||
IN OUT left, right
|
||||
down down
|
||||
|
||||
pickup C hangup enter, backspace, escape
|
||||
1 2 3 1, 2, 3
|
||||
4 5 6 4, 5, 6,
|
||||
7 8 9 7, 8, 9,
|
||||
* 0 # *, 0, #,
|
||||
|
||||
The "up" and "down" keys, are symbolised by arrows on the button.
|
||||
The "pickup" and "hangup" keys are symbolised by a green and red phone
|
||||
on the button.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3. LCD features
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
The LCD is divided and organised as a 3 line display:
|
||||
|
||||
|[] [][] [][] [][] in |[][]
|
||||
|[] M [][] D [][] : [][] out |[][]
|
||||
store
|
||||
|
||||
NEW REP SU MO TU WE TH FR SA
|
||||
|
||||
[] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] []
|
||||
[] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] []
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Line 1 Format (see below) : 18.e8.M8.88...188
|
||||
Icon names : M D : IN OUT STORE
|
||||
Line 2 Format : .........
|
||||
Icon name : NEW REP SU MO TU WE TH FR SA
|
||||
Line 3 Format : 888888888888
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Format description:
|
||||
From a user space perspective the world is seperated in "digits" and "icons".
|
||||
A digit can have a character set, an icon can only be ON or OFF.
|
||||
|
||||
Format specifier
|
||||
'8' : Generic 7 segment digit with individual addressable segments
|
||||
|
||||
Reduced capabillity 7 segm digit, when segments are hard wired together.
|
||||
'1' : 2 segments digit only able to produce a 1.
|
||||
'e' : Most significant day of the month digit,
|
||||
able to produce at least 1 2 3.
|
||||
'M' : Most significant minute digit,
|
||||
able to produce at least 0 1 2 3 4 5.
|
||||
|
||||
Icons or pictograms:
|
||||
'.' : For example like AM, PM, SU, a 'dot' .. or other single segment
|
||||
elements.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4. Driver usage
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
For userland the following interfaces are available using the sysfs interface:
|
||||
/sys/.../
|
||||
line1 Read/Write, lcd line1
|
||||
line2 Read/Write, lcd line2
|
||||
line3 Read/Write, lcd line3
|
||||
|
||||
get_icons Read, returns a set of available icons.
|
||||
hide_icon Write, hide the element by writing the icon name.
|
||||
show_icon Write, display the element by writing the icon name.
|
||||
|
||||
map_seg7 Read/Write, the 7 segments char set, common for all
|
||||
yealink phones. (see map_to_7segment.h)
|
||||
|
||||
ringtone Write, upload binary representation of a ringtone,
|
||||
see yealink.c. status EXPERIMENTAL due to potential
|
||||
races between async. and sync usb calls.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4.1 lineX
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
Reading /sys/../lineX will return the format string with its current value:
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
cat ./line3
|
||||
888888888888
|
||||
Linux Rocks!
|
||||
|
||||
Writing to /sys/../lineX will set the coresponding LCD line.
|
||||
- Excess characters are ignored.
|
||||
- If less characters are written than allowed, the remaining digits are
|
||||
unchanged.
|
||||
- The tab '\t'and '\n' char does not overwrite the original content.
|
||||
- Writing a space to an icon will always hide its content.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
date +"%m.%e.%k:%M" | sed 's/^0/ /' > ./line1
|
||||
|
||||
Will update the LCD with the current date & time.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4.2 get_icons
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
Reading will return all available icon names and its current settings:
|
||||
|
||||
cat ./get_icons
|
||||
on M
|
||||
on D
|
||||
on :
|
||||
IN
|
||||
OUT
|
||||
STORE
|
||||
NEW
|
||||
REP
|
||||
SU
|
||||
MO
|
||||
TU
|
||||
WE
|
||||
TH
|
||||
FR
|
||||
SA
|
||||
LED
|
||||
DIALTONE
|
||||
RINGTONE
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4.3 show/hide icons
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
Writing to these files will update the state of the icon.
|
||||
Only one icon at a time can be updated.
|
||||
|
||||
If an icon is also on a ./lineX the corresponding value is
|
||||
updated with the first letter of the icon.
|
||||
|
||||
Example - light up the store icon:
|
||||
echo -n "STORE" > ./show_icon
|
||||
|
||||
cat ./line1
|
||||
18.e8.M8.88...188
|
||||
S
|
||||
|
||||
Example - sound the ringtone for 10 seconds:
|
||||
echo -n RINGTONE > /sys/..../show_icon
|
||||
sleep 10
|
||||
echo -n RINGTONE > /sys/..../hide_icon
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5. Sound features
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
Sound is supported by the ALSA driver: snd_usb_audio
|
||||
|
||||
One 16-bit channel with sample and playback rates of 8000 Hz is the practical
|
||||
limit of the device.
|
||||
|
||||
Example - recording test:
|
||||
arecord -v -d 10 -r 8000 -f S16_LE -t wav foobar.wav
|
||||
|
||||
Example - playback test:
|
||||
aplay foobar.wav
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
6. Credits & Acknowledgments
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
- Olivier Vandorpe, for starting the usbb2k-api project doing much of
|
||||
the reverse engineering.
|
||||
- Martin Diehl, for pointing out how to handle USB memory allocation.
|
||||
- Dmitry Torokhov, for the numerous code reviews and suggestions.
|
||||
|
@ -872,7 +872,13 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
|
||||
Assignments to $(targets) are without $(obj)/ prefix.
|
||||
if_changed may be used in conjunction with custom commands as
|
||||
defined in 6.7 "Custom kbuild commands".
|
||||
|
||||
Note: It is a typical mistake to forget the FORCE prerequisite.
|
||||
Another common pitfall is that whitespace is sometimes
|
||||
significant; for instance, the below will fail (note the extra space
|
||||
after the comma):
|
||||
target: source(s) FORCE
|
||||
#WRONG!# $(call if_changed, ld/objcopy/gzip)
|
||||
|
||||
ld
|
||||
Link target. Often LDFLAGS_$@ is used to set specific options to ld.
|
||||
|
@ -39,8 +39,7 @@ SETUP
|
||||
and apply http://lse.sourceforge.net/kdump/patches/kexec-tools-1.101-kdump.patch
|
||||
and after that build the source.
|
||||
|
||||
2) Download and build the appropriate (latest) kexec/kdump (-mm) kernel
|
||||
patchset and apply it to the vanilla kernel tree.
|
||||
2) Download and build the appropriate (2.6.13-rc1 onwards) vanilla kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
Two kernels need to be built in order to get this feature working.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -84,15 +83,16 @@ SETUP
|
||||
|
||||
4) Load the second kernel to be booted using:
|
||||
|
||||
kexec -p <second-kernel> --crash-dump --args-linux --append="root=<root-dev>
|
||||
init 1 irqpoll"
|
||||
kexec -p <second-kernel> --args-linux --elf32-core-headers
|
||||
--append="root=<root-dev> init 1 irqpoll"
|
||||
|
||||
Note: i) <second-kernel> has to be a vmlinux image. bzImage will not work,
|
||||
as of now.
|
||||
ii) By default ELF headers are stored in ELF32 format (for i386). This
|
||||
is sufficient to represent the physical memory up to 4GB. To store
|
||||
headers in ELF64 format, specifiy "--elf64-core-headers" on the
|
||||
kexec command line additionally.
|
||||
ii) By default ELF headers are stored in ELF64 format. Option
|
||||
--elf32-core-headers forces generation of ELF32 headers. gdb can
|
||||
not open ELF64 headers on 32 bit systems. So creating ELF32
|
||||
headers can come handy for users who have got non-PAE systems and
|
||||
hence have memory less than 4GB.
|
||||
iii) Specify "irqpoll" as command line parameter. This reduces driver
|
||||
initialization failures in second kernel due to shared interrupts.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1175,6 +1175,11 @@ running once the system is up.
|
||||
New name for the ramdisk parameter.
|
||||
See Documentation/ramdisk.txt.
|
||||
|
||||
rdinit= [KNL]
|
||||
Format: <full_path>
|
||||
Run specified binary instead of /init from the ramdisk,
|
||||
used for early userspace startup. See initrd.
|
||||
|
||||
reboot= [BUGS=IA-32,BUGS=ARM,BUGS=IA-64] Rebooting mode
|
||||
Format: <reboot_mode>[,<reboot_mode2>[,...]]
|
||||
See arch/*/kernel/reboot.c.
|
||||
|
138
Documentation/power/swsusp-dmcrypt.txt
Normal file
138
Documentation/power/swsusp-dmcrypt.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
|
||||
Author: Andreas Steinmetz <ast@domdv.de>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
How to use dm-crypt and swsusp together:
|
||||
========================================
|
||||
|
||||
Some prerequisites:
|
||||
You know how dm-crypt works. If not, visit the following web page:
|
||||
http://www.saout.de/misc/dm-crypt/
|
||||
You have read Documentation/power/swsusp.txt and understand it.
|
||||
You did read Documentation/initrd.txt and know how an initrd works.
|
||||
You know how to create or how to modify an initrd.
|
||||
|
||||
Now your system is properly set up, your disk is encrypted except for
|
||||
the swap device(s) and the boot partition which may contain a mini
|
||||
system for crypto setup and/or rescue purposes. You may even have
|
||||
an initrd that does your current crypto setup already.
|
||||
|
||||
At this point you want to encrypt your swap, too. Still you want to
|
||||
be able to suspend using swsusp. This, however, means that you
|
||||
have to be able to either enter a passphrase or that you read
|
||||
the key(s) from an external device like a pcmcia flash disk
|
||||
or an usb stick prior to resume. So you need an initrd, that sets
|
||||
up dm-crypt and then asks swsusp to resume from the encrypted
|
||||
swap device.
|
||||
|
||||
The most important thing is that you set up dm-crypt in such
|
||||
a way that the swap device you suspend to/resume from has
|
||||
always the same major/minor within the initrd as well as
|
||||
within your running system. The easiest way to achieve this is
|
||||
to always set up this swap device first with dmsetup, so that
|
||||
it will always look like the following:
|
||||
|
||||
brw------- 1 root root 254, 0 Jul 28 13:37 /dev/mapper/swap0
|
||||
|
||||
Now set up your kernel to use /dev/mapper/swap0 as the default
|
||||
resume partition, so your kernel .config contains:
|
||||
|
||||
CONFIG_PM_STD_PARTITION="/dev/mapper/swap0"
|
||||
|
||||
Prepare your boot loader to use the initrd you will create or
|
||||
modify. For lilo the simplest setup looks like the following
|
||||
lines:
|
||||
|
||||
image=/boot/vmlinuz
|
||||
initrd=/boot/initrd.gz
|
||||
label=linux
|
||||
append="root=/dev/ram0 init=/linuxrc rw"
|
||||
|
||||
Finally you need to create or modify your initrd. Lets assume
|
||||
you create an initrd that reads the required dm-crypt setup
|
||||
from a pcmcia flash disk card. The card is formatted with an ext2
|
||||
fs which resides on /dev/hde1 when the card is inserted. The
|
||||
card contains at least the encrypted swap setup in a file
|
||||
named "swapkey". /etc/fstab of your initrd contains something
|
||||
like the following:
|
||||
|
||||
/dev/hda1 /mnt ext3 ro 0 0
|
||||
none /proc proc defaults,noatime,nodiratime 0 0
|
||||
none /sys sysfs defaults,noatime,nodiratime 0 0
|
||||
|
||||
/dev/hda1 contains an unencrypted mini system that sets up all
|
||||
of your crypto devices, again by reading the setup from the
|
||||
pcmcia flash disk. What follows now is a /linuxrc for your
|
||||
initrd that allows you to resume from encrypted swap and that
|
||||
continues boot with your mini system on /dev/hda1 if resume
|
||||
does not happen:
|
||||
|
||||
#!/bin/sh
|
||||
PATH=/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin
|
||||
mount /proc
|
||||
mount /sys
|
||||
mapped=0
|
||||
noresume=`grep -c noresume /proc/cmdline`
|
||||
if [ "$*" != "" ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
noresume=1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
dmesg -n 1
|
||||
/sbin/cardmgr -q
|
||||
for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
|
||||
do
|
||||
if [ -f /proc/ide/hde/media ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
usleep 500000
|
||||
mount -t ext2 -o ro /dev/hde1 /mnt
|
||||
if [ -f /mnt/swapkey ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
dmsetup create swap0 /mnt/swapkey > /dev/null 2>&1 && mapped=1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
umount /mnt
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
usleep 500000
|
||||
done
|
||||
killproc /sbin/cardmgr
|
||||
dmesg -n 6
|
||||
if [ $mapped = 1 ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
if [ $noresume != 0 ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
mkswap /dev/mapper/swap0 > /dev/null 2>&1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
echo 254:0 > /sys/power/resume
|
||||
dmsetup remove swap0
|
||||
fi
|
||||
umount /sys
|
||||
mount /mnt
|
||||
umount /proc
|
||||
cd /mnt
|
||||
pivot_root . mnt
|
||||
mount /proc
|
||||
umount -l /mnt
|
||||
umount /proc
|
||||
exec chroot . /sbin/init $* < dev/console > dev/console 2>&1
|
||||
|
||||
Please don't mind the weird loop above, busybox's msh doesn't know
|
||||
the let statement. Now, what is happening in the script?
|
||||
First we have to decide if we want to try to resume, or not.
|
||||
We will not resume if booting with "noresume" or any parameters
|
||||
for init like "single" or "emergency" as boot parameters.
|
||||
|
||||
Then we need to set up dmcrypt with the setup data from the
|
||||
pcmcia flash disk. If this succeeds we need to reset the swap
|
||||
device if we don't want to resume. The line "echo 254:0 > /sys/power/resume"
|
||||
then attempts to resume from the first device mapper device.
|
||||
Note that it is important to set the device in /sys/power/resume,
|
||||
regardless if resuming or not, otherwise later suspend will fail.
|
||||
If resume starts, script execution terminates here.
|
||||
|
||||
Otherwise we just remove the encrypted swap device and leave it to the
|
||||
mini system on /dev/hda1 to set the whole crypto up (it is up to
|
||||
you to modify this to your taste).
|
||||
|
||||
What then follows is the well known process to change the root
|
||||
file system and continue booting from there. I prefer to unmount
|
||||
the initrd prior to continue booting but it is up to you to modify
|
||||
this.
|
@ -1,22 +1,20 @@
|
||||
From kernel/suspend.c:
|
||||
Some warnings, first.
|
||||
|
||||
* BIG FAT WARNING *********************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you have unsupported (*) devices using DMA...
|
||||
* ...say goodbye to your data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you touch anything on disk between suspend and resume...
|
||||
* ...kiss your data goodbye.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If your disk driver does not support suspend... (IDE does)
|
||||
* ...you'd better find out how to get along
|
||||
* without your data.
|
||||
* If you do resume from initrd after your filesystems are mounted...
|
||||
* ...bye bye root partition.
|
||||
* [this is actually same case as above]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you change kernel command line between suspend and resume...
|
||||
* ...prepare for nasty fsck or worse.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you change your hardware while system is suspended...
|
||||
* ...well, it was not good idea.
|
||||
* If you have unsupported (*) devices using DMA, you may have some
|
||||
* problems. If your disk driver does not support suspend... (IDE does),
|
||||
* it may cause some problems, too. If you change kernel command line
|
||||
* between suspend and resume, it may do something wrong. If you change
|
||||
* your hardware while system is suspended... well, it was not good idea;
|
||||
* but it will probably only crash.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* (*) suspend/resume support is needed to make it safe.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -30,6 +28,13 @@ echo shutdown > /sys/power/disk; echo disk > /sys/power/state
|
||||
echo platform > /sys/power/disk; echo disk > /sys/power/state
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Encrypted suspend image:
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
If you want to store your suspend image encrypted with a temporary
|
||||
key to prevent data gathering after resume you must compile
|
||||
crypto and the aes algorithm into the kernel - modules won't work
|
||||
as they cannot be loaded at resume time.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Article about goals and implementation of Software Suspend for Linux
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
@ -85,11 +90,6 @@ resume.
|
||||
You have your server on UPS. Power died, and UPS is indicating 30
|
||||
seconds to failure. What do you do? Suspend to disk.
|
||||
|
||||
Ethernet card in your server died. You want to replace it. Your
|
||||
server is not hotplug capable. What do you do? Suspend to disk,
|
||||
replace ethernet card, resume. If you are fast your users will not
|
||||
even see broken connections.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Q: Maybe I'm missing something, but why don't the regular I/O paths work?
|
||||
|
||||
@ -117,31 +117,6 @@ Q: Does linux support ACPI S4?
|
||||
|
||||
A: Yes. That's what echo platform > /sys/power/disk does.
|
||||
|
||||
Q: My machine doesn't work with ACPI. How can I use swsusp than ?
|
||||
|
||||
A: Do a reboot() syscall with right parameters. Warning: glibc gets in
|
||||
its way, so check with strace:
|
||||
|
||||
reboot(LINUX_REBOOT_MAGIC1, LINUX_REBOOT_MAGIC2, 0xd000fce2)
|
||||
|
||||
(Thanks to Peter Osterlund:)
|
||||
|
||||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#include <syscall.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define LINUX_REBOOT_MAGIC1 0xfee1dead
|
||||
#define LINUX_REBOOT_MAGIC2 672274793
|
||||
#define LINUX_REBOOT_CMD_SW_SUSPEND 0xD000FCE2
|
||||
|
||||
int main()
|
||||
{
|
||||
syscall(SYS_reboot, LINUX_REBOOT_MAGIC1, LINUX_REBOOT_MAGIC2,
|
||||
LINUX_REBOOT_CMD_SW_SUSPEND, 0);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Also /sys/ interface should be still present.
|
||||
|
||||
Q: What is 'suspend2'?
|
||||
|
||||
A: suspend2 is 'Software Suspend 2', a forked implementation of
|
||||
@ -311,3 +286,46 @@ As a rule of thumb use encrypted swap to protect your data while your
|
||||
system is shut down or suspended. Additionally use the encrypted
|
||||
suspend image to prevent sensitive data from being stolen after
|
||||
resume.
|
||||
|
||||
Q: Why can't we suspend to a swap file?
|
||||
|
||||
A: Because accessing swap file needs the filesystem mounted, and
|
||||
filesystem might do something wrong (like replaying the journal)
|
||||
during mount.
|
||||
|
||||
There are few ways to get that fixed:
|
||||
|
||||
1) Probably could be solved by modifying every filesystem to support
|
||||
some kind of "really read-only!" option. Patches welcome.
|
||||
|
||||
2) suspend2 gets around that by storing absolute positions in on-disk
|
||||
image (and blocksize), with resume parameter pointing directly to
|
||||
suspend header.
|
||||
|
||||
Q: Is there a maximum system RAM size that is supported by swsusp?
|
||||
|
||||
A: It should work okay with highmem.
|
||||
|
||||
Q: Does swsusp (to disk) use only one swap partition or can it use
|
||||
multiple swap partitions (aggregate them into one logical space)?
|
||||
|
||||
A: Only one swap partition, sorry.
|
||||
|
||||
Q: If my application(s) causes lots of memory & swap space to be used
|
||||
(over half of the total system RAM), is it correct that it is likely
|
||||
to be useless to try to suspend to disk while that app is running?
|
||||
|
||||
A: No, it should work okay, as long as your app does not mlock()
|
||||
it. Just prepare big enough swap partition.
|
||||
|
||||
Q: What information is usefull for debugging suspend-to-disk problems?
|
||||
|
||||
A: Well, last messages on the screen are always useful. If something
|
||||
is broken, it is usually some kernel driver, therefore trying with as
|
||||
little as possible modules loaded helps a lot. I also prefer people to
|
||||
suspend from console, preferably without X running. Booting with
|
||||
init=/bin/bash, then swapon and starting suspend sequence manually
|
||||
usually does the trick. Then it is good idea to try with latest
|
||||
vanilla kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -46,6 +46,12 @@ There are a few types of systems where video works after S3 resume:
|
||||
POSTing bios works. Ole Rohne has patch to do just that at
|
||||
http://dev.gentoo.org/~marineam/patch-radeonfb-2.6.11-rc2-mm2.
|
||||
|
||||
(8) on some systems, you can use the video_post utility mentioned here:
|
||||
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=3670. Do echo 3 > /sys/power/state
|
||||
&& /usr/sbin/video_post - which will initialize the display in console mode.
|
||||
If you are in X, you can switch to a virtual terminal and back to X using
|
||||
CTRL+ALT+F1 - CTRL+ALT+F7 to get the display working in graphical mode again.
|
||||
|
||||
Now, if you pass acpi_sleep=something, and it does not work with your
|
||||
bios, you'll get a hard crash during resume. Be careful. Also it is
|
||||
safest to do your experiments with plain old VGA console. The vesafb
|
||||
@ -64,7 +70,8 @@ Model hack (or "how to do it")
|
||||
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Acer Aspire 1406LC ole's late BIOS init (7), turn off DRI
|
||||
Acer TM 242FX vbetool (6)
|
||||
Acer TM C300 vga=normal (only suspend on console, not in X), vbetool (6)
|
||||
Acer TM C110 video_post (8)
|
||||
Acer TM C300 vga=normal (only suspend on console, not in X), vbetool (6) or video_post (8)
|
||||
Acer TM 4052LCi s3_bios (2)
|
||||
Acer TM 636Lci s3_bios vga=normal (2)
|
||||
Acer TM 650 (Radeon M7) vga=normal plus boot-radeon (5) gets text console back
|
||||
@ -113,6 +120,7 @@ IBM ThinkPad T42p (2373-GTG) s3_bios (2)
|
||||
IBM TP X20 ??? (*)
|
||||
IBM TP X30 s3_bios (2)
|
||||
IBM TP X31 / Type 2672-XXH none (1), use radeontool (http://fdd.com/software/radeon/) to turn off backlight.
|
||||
IBM TP X32 none (1), but backlight is on and video is trashed after long suspend
|
||||
IBM Thinkpad X40 Type 2371-7JG s3_bios,s3_mode (4)
|
||||
Medion MD4220 ??? (*)
|
||||
Samsung P35 vbetool needed (6)
|
||||
|
@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
====================================================================
|
||||
= Adaptec Aic7xxx Fast -> Ultra160 Family Manager Set v6.2.28 =
|
||||
= Adaptec Aic7xxx Fast -> Ultra160 Family Manager Set v7.0 =
|
||||
= README for =
|
||||
= The Linux Operating System =
|
||||
====================================================================
|
||||
@ -131,6 +131,10 @@ The following information is available in this file:
|
||||
SCSI "stub" effects.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Version History
|
||||
7.0 (4th August, 2005)
|
||||
- Updated driver to use SCSI transport class infrastructure
|
||||
- Upported sequencer and core fixes from last adaptec released
|
||||
version of the driver.
|
||||
6.2.36 (June 3rd, 2003)
|
||||
- Correct code that disables PCI parity error checking.
|
||||
- Correct and simplify handling of the ignore wide residue
|
||||
|
@ -373,13 +373,11 @@ Summary:
|
||||
scsi_activate_tcq - turn on tag command queueing
|
||||
scsi_add_device - creates new scsi device (lu) instance
|
||||
scsi_add_host - perform sysfs registration and SCSI bus scan.
|
||||
scsi_add_timer - (re-)start timer on a SCSI command.
|
||||
scsi_adjust_queue_depth - change the queue depth on a SCSI device
|
||||
scsi_assign_lock - replace default host_lock with given lock
|
||||
scsi_bios_ptable - return copy of block device's partition table
|
||||
scsi_block_requests - prevent further commands being queued to given host
|
||||
scsi_deactivate_tcq - turn off tag command queueing
|
||||
scsi_delete_timer - cancel timer on a SCSI command.
|
||||
scsi_host_alloc - return a new scsi_host instance whose refcount==1
|
||||
scsi_host_get - increments Scsi_Host instance's refcount
|
||||
scsi_host_put - decrements Scsi_Host instance's refcount (free if 0)
|
||||
@ -457,27 +455,6 @@ struct scsi_device * scsi_add_device(struct Scsi_Host *shost,
|
||||
int scsi_add_host(struct Scsi_Host *shost, struct device * dev)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* scsi_add_timer - (re-)start timer on a SCSI command.
|
||||
* @scmd: pointer to scsi command instance
|
||||
* @timeout: duration of timeout in "jiffies"
|
||||
* @complete: pointer to function to call if timeout expires
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Returns nothing
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Might block: no
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Notes: Each scsi command has its own timer, and as it is added
|
||||
* to the queue, we set up the timer. When the command completes,
|
||||
* we cancel the timer. An LLD can use this function to change
|
||||
* the existing timeout value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Defined in: drivers/scsi/scsi_error.c
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void scsi_add_timer(struct scsi_cmnd *scmd, int timeout,
|
||||
void (*complete)(struct scsi_cmnd *))
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* scsi_adjust_queue_depth - allow LLD to change queue depth on a SCSI device
|
||||
* @sdev: pointer to SCSI device to change queue depth on
|
||||
@ -565,24 +542,6 @@ void scsi_block_requests(struct Scsi_Host * shost)
|
||||
void scsi_deactivate_tcq(struct scsi_device *sdev, int depth)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* scsi_delete_timer - cancel timer on a SCSI command.
|
||||
* @scmd: pointer to scsi command instance
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Returns 1 if able to cancel timer else 0 (i.e. too late or already
|
||||
* cancelled).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Might block: no [may in the future if it invokes del_timer_sync()]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Notes: All commands issued by upper levels already have a timeout
|
||||
* associated with them. An LLD can use this function to cancel the
|
||||
* timer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Defined in: drivers/scsi/scsi_error.c
|
||||
**/
|
||||
int scsi_delete_timer(struct scsi_cmnd *scmd)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* scsi_host_alloc - create a scsi host adapter instance and perform basic
|
||||
* initialization.
|
||||
|
@ -99,6 +99,7 @@ statically linked into the kernel). Those options are:
|
||||
SONYPI_MEYE_MASK 0x0400
|
||||
SONYPI_MEMORYSTICK_MASK 0x0800
|
||||
SONYPI_BATTERY_MASK 0x1000
|
||||
SONYPI_WIRELESS_MASK 0x2000
|
||||
|
||||
useinput: if set (which is the default) two input devices are
|
||||
created, one which interprets the jogdial events as
|
||||
@ -137,6 +138,15 @@ Bugs:
|
||||
speed handling etc). Use ACPI instead of APM if it works on your
|
||||
laptop.
|
||||
|
||||
- sonypi lacks the ability to distinguish between certain key
|
||||
events on some models.
|
||||
|
||||
- some models with the nvidia card (geforce go 6200 tc) uses a
|
||||
different way to adjust the backlighting of the screen. There
|
||||
is a userspace utility to adjust the brightness on those models,
|
||||
which can be downloaded from
|
||||
http://www.acc.umu.se/~erikw/program/smartdimmer-0.1.tar.bz2
|
||||
|
||||
- since all development was done by reverse engineering, there is
|
||||
_absolutely no guarantee_ that this driver will not crash your
|
||||
laptop. Permanently.
|
||||
|
@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ With BK, you can just get it from
|
||||
|
||||
and DaveJ has tar-balls at
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.codemonkey.org.uk/projects/bitkeeper/sparse/
|
||||
http://www.codemonkey.org.uk/projects/git-snapshots/sparse/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Once you have it, just do
|
||||
|
@ -126,10 +126,12 @@ card=124 - AverMedia AverTV DVB-T 761
|
||||
card=125 - MATRIX Vision Sigma-SQ
|
||||
card=126 - MATRIX Vision Sigma-SLC
|
||||
card=127 - APAC Viewcomp 878(AMAX)
|
||||
card=128 - DVICO FusionHDTV DVB-T Lite
|
||||
card=128 - DViCO FusionHDTV DVB-T Lite
|
||||
card=129 - V-Gear MyVCD
|
||||
card=130 - Super TV Tuner
|
||||
card=131 - Tibet Systems 'Progress DVR' CS16
|
||||
card=132 - Kodicom 4400R (master)
|
||||
card=133 - Kodicom 4400R (slave)
|
||||
card=134 - Adlink RTV24
|
||||
card=135 - DViCO FusionHDTV 5 Lite
|
||||
card=136 - Acorp Y878F
|
||||
|
@ -62,3 +62,6 @@
|
||||
61 -> Philips TOUGH DVB-T reference design [1131:2004]
|
||||
62 -> Compro VideoMate TV Gold+II
|
||||
63 -> Kworld Xpert TV PVR7134
|
||||
64 -> FlyTV mini Asus Digimatrix [1043:0210,1043:0210]
|
||||
65 -> V-Stream Studio TV Terminator
|
||||
66 -> Yuan TUN-900 (saa7135)
|
||||
|
@ -64,3 +64,4 @@ tuner=62 - Philips TEA5767HN FM Radio
|
||||
tuner=63 - Philips FMD1216ME MK3 Hybrid Tuner
|
||||
tuner=64 - LG TDVS-H062F/TUA6034
|
||||
tuner=65 - Ymec TVF66T5-B/DFF
|
||||
tuner=66 - LG NTSC (TALN mini series)
|
||||
|
@ -83,19 +83,18 @@ single address space optimization, so that the zap_page_range (from
|
||||
vmtruncate) does not lose sending ipi's to cloned threads that might
|
||||
be spawned underneath it and go to user mode to drag in pte's into tlbs.
|
||||
|
||||
swap_list_lock/swap_device_lock
|
||||
-------------------------------
|
||||
swap_lock
|
||||
--------------
|
||||
The swap devices are chained in priority order from the "swap_list" header.
|
||||
The "swap_list" is used for the round-robin swaphandle allocation strategy.
|
||||
The #free swaphandles is maintained in "nr_swap_pages". These two together
|
||||
are protected by the swap_list_lock.
|
||||
are protected by the swap_lock.
|
||||
|
||||
The swap_device_lock, which is per swap device, protects the reference
|
||||
counts on the corresponding swaphandles, maintained in the "swap_map"
|
||||
array, and the "highest_bit" and "lowest_bit" fields.
|
||||
The swap_lock also protects all the device reference counts on the
|
||||
corresponding swaphandles, maintained in the "swap_map" array, and the
|
||||
"highest_bit" and "lowest_bit" fields.
|
||||
|
||||
Both of these are spinlocks, and are never acquired from intr level. The
|
||||
locking hierarchy is swap_list_lock -> swap_device_lock.
|
||||
The swap_lock is a spinlock, and is never acquired from intr level.
|
||||
|
||||
To prevent races between swap space deletion or async readahead swapins
|
||||
deciding whether a swap handle is being used, ie worthy of being read in
|
||||
|
@ -228,6 +228,26 @@ advantechwdt.c -- Advantech Single Board Computer
|
||||
The GETSTATUS call returns if the device is open or not.
|
||||
[FIXME -- silliness again?]
|
||||
|
||||
booke_wdt.c -- PowerPC BookE Watchdog Timer
|
||||
|
||||
Timeout default varies according to frequency, supports
|
||||
SETTIMEOUT
|
||||
|
||||
Watchdog can not be turned off, CONFIG_WATCHDOG_NOWAYOUT
|
||||
does not make sense
|
||||
|
||||
GETSUPPORT returns the watchdog_info struct, and
|
||||
GETSTATUS returns the supported options. GETBOOTSTATUS
|
||||
returns a 1 if the last reset was caused by the
|
||||
watchdog and a 0 otherwise. This watchdog can not be
|
||||
disabled once it has been started. The wdt_period kernel
|
||||
parameter selects which bit of the time base changing
|
||||
from 0->1 will trigger the watchdog exception. Changing
|
||||
the timeout from the ioctl calls will change the
|
||||
wdt_period as defined above. Finally if you would like to
|
||||
replace the default Watchdog Handler you can implement the
|
||||
WatchdogHandler() function in your own code.
|
||||
|
||||
eurotechwdt.c -- Eurotech CPU-1220/1410
|
||||
|
||||
The timeout can be set using the SETTIMEOUT ioctl and defaults
|
||||
|
48
Kbuild
Normal file
48
Kbuild
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Kbuild for top-level directory of the kernel
|
||||
# This file takes care of the following:
|
||||
# 1) Generate asm-offsets.h
|
||||
|
||||
#####
|
||||
# 1) Generate asm-offsets.h
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
offsets-file := include/asm-$(ARCH)/asm-offsets.h
|
||||
|
||||
always := $(offsets-file)
|
||||
targets := $(offsets-file)
|
||||
targets += arch/$(ARCH)/kernel/asm-offsets.s
|
||||
|
||||
# Default sed regexp - multiline due to syntax constraints
|
||||
define sed-y
|
||||
"/^->/{s:^->\([^ ]*\) [\$$#]*\([^ ]*\) \(.*\):#define \1 \2 /* \3 */:; s:->::; p;}"
|
||||
endef
|
||||
# Override default regexp for specific architectures
|
||||
sed-$(CONFIG_MIPS) := "/^@@@/s///p"
|
||||
|
||||
quiet_cmd_offsets = GEN $@
|
||||
define cmd_offsets
|
||||
cat $< | \
|
||||
(set -e; \
|
||||
echo "#ifndef __ASM_OFFSETS_H__"; \
|
||||
echo "#define __ASM_OFFSETS_H__"; \
|
||||
echo "/*"; \
|
||||
echo " * DO NOT MODIFY."; \
|
||||
echo " *"; \
|
||||
echo " * This file was generated by $(srctree)/Kbuild"; \
|
||||
echo " *"; \
|
||||
echo " */"; \
|
||||
echo ""; \
|
||||
sed -ne $(sed-y); \
|
||||
echo ""; \
|
||||
echo "#endif" ) > $@
|
||||
endef
|
||||
|
||||
# We use internal kbuild rules to avoid the "is up to date" message from make
|
||||
arch/$(ARCH)/kernel/asm-offsets.s: arch/$(ARCH)/kernel/asm-offsets.c FORCE
|
||||
$(Q)mkdir -p $(dir $@)
|
||||
$(call if_changed_dep,cc_s_c)
|
||||
|
||||
$(srctree)/$(offsets-file): arch/$(ARCH)/kernel/asm-offsets.s Kbuild
|
||||
$(call cmd,offsets)
|
||||
|
68
MAINTAINERS
68
MAINTAINERS
@ -116,6 +116,12 @@ M: ajk@iehk.rwth-aachen.de
|
||||
L: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
|
||||
YEALINK PHONE DRIVER
|
||||
P: Henk Vergonet
|
||||
M: Henk.Vergonet@gmail.com
|
||||
L: usbb2k-api-dev@nongnu.org
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
|
||||
8139CP 10/100 FAST ETHERNET DRIVER
|
||||
P: Jeff Garzik
|
||||
M: jgarzik@pobox.com
|
||||
@ -202,13 +208,6 @@ P: Colin Leroy
|
||||
M: colin@colino.net
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
|
||||
ADVANSYS SCSI DRIVER
|
||||
P: Bob Frey
|
||||
M: linux@advansys.com
|
||||
W: http://www.advansys.com/linux.html
|
||||
L: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
|
||||
AEDSP16 DRIVER
|
||||
P: Riccardo Facchetti
|
||||
M: fizban@tin.it
|
||||
@ -627,6 +626,12 @@ M: rmk@arm.linux.org.uk
|
||||
W: http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
|
||||
CYBLAFB FRAMEBUFFER DRIVER
|
||||
P: Knut Petersen
|
||||
M: Knut_Petersen@t-online.de
|
||||
L: linux-fbdev-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
|
||||
CYCLADES 2X SYNC CARD DRIVER
|
||||
P: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo
|
||||
M: acme@conectiva.com.br
|
||||
@ -696,6 +701,11 @@ M: dz@debian.org
|
||||
W: http://www.debian.org/~dz/i8k/
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
|
||||
DELL SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT BASE DRIVER (dcdbas)
|
||||
P: Doug Warzecha
|
||||
M: Douglas_Warzecha@dell.com
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
|
||||
DEVICE-MAPPER
|
||||
P: Alasdair Kergon
|
||||
L: dm-devel@redhat.com
|
||||
@ -824,6 +834,13 @@ L: emu10k1-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
W: http://sourceforge.net/projects/emu10k1/
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
|
||||
EMULEX LPFC FC SCSI DRIVER
|
||||
P: James Smart
|
||||
M: james.smart@emulex.com
|
||||
L: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
W: http://sourceforge.net/projects/lpfcxxxx
|
||||
S: Supported
|
||||
|
||||
EPSON 1355 FRAMEBUFFER DRIVER
|
||||
P: Christopher Hoover
|
||||
M: ch@murgatroid.com, ch@hpl.hp.com
|
||||
@ -879,7 +896,7 @@ S: Maintained
|
||||
|
||||
FILESYSTEMS (VFS and infrastructure)
|
||||
P: Alexander Viro
|
||||
M: viro@parcelfarce.linux.theplanet.co.uk
|
||||
M: viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
|
||||
FIRMWARE LOADER (request_firmware)
|
||||
@ -914,6 +931,13 @@ L: linux-tape@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
W: http://sourceforge.net/projects/ftape
|
||||
S: Orphan
|
||||
|
||||
FUSE: FILESYSTEM IN USERSPACE
|
||||
P: Miklos Szeredi
|
||||
M: miklos@szeredi.hu
|
||||
L: fuse-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
W: http://fuse.sourceforge.net/
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
|
||||
FUTURE DOMAIN TMC-16x0 SCSI DRIVER (16-bit)
|
||||
P: Rik Faith
|
||||
M: faith@cs.unc.edu
|
||||
@ -933,6 +957,13 @@ M: khc@pm.waw.pl
|
||||
W: http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/net/hdlc/
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
|
||||
HARDWARE MONITORING
|
||||
P: Jean Delvare
|
||||
M: khali@linux-fr.org
|
||||
L: lm-sensors@lm-sensors.org
|
||||
W: http://www.lm-sensors.nu/
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
|
||||
HARMONY SOUND DRIVER
|
||||
P: Kyle McMartin
|
||||
M: kyle@parisc-linux.org
|
||||
@ -1014,7 +1045,7 @@ P: William Irwin
|
||||
M: wli@holomorphy.com
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
|
||||
I2C AND SENSORS DRIVERS
|
||||
I2C SUBSYSTEM
|
||||
P: Greg Kroah-Hartman
|
||||
M: greg@kroah.com
|
||||
P: Jean Delvare
|
||||
@ -1801,13 +1832,6 @@ M: hch@infradead.org
|
||||
L: linux-abi-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
|
||||
PCI ID DATABASE
|
||||
P: Martin Mares
|
||||
M: mj@ucw.cz
|
||||
L: pciids-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
W: http://pciids.sourceforge.net/
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
|
||||
PCI SOUND DRIVERS (ES1370, ES1371 and SONICVIBES)
|
||||
P: Thomas Sailer
|
||||
M: sailer@ife.ee.ethz.ch
|
||||
@ -1960,7 +1984,6 @@ S: Supported
|
||||
|
||||
ROCKETPORT DRIVER
|
||||
P: Comtrol Corp.
|
||||
M: support@comtrol.com
|
||||
W: http://www.comtrol.com
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
|
||||
@ -2674,6 +2697,17 @@ L: rio500-users@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
W: http://rio500.sourceforge.net
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
|
||||
V9FS FILE SYSTEM
|
||||
P: Eric Van Hensbergen
|
||||
M: ericvh@gmail.com
|
||||
P: Ron Minnich
|
||||
M: rminnich@lanl.gov
|
||||
P: Latchesar Ionkov
|
||||
M: lucho@ionkov.net
|
||||
L: v9fs-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
W: http://v9fs.sf.net
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
|
||||
VIDEO FOR LINUX
|
||||
P: Mauro Carvalho Chehab
|
||||
M: mchehab@brturbo.com.br
|
||||
|
201
Makefile
201
Makefile
@ -109,10 +109,9 @@ $(if $(KBUILD_OUTPUT),, \
|
||||
.PHONY: $(MAKECMDGOALS)
|
||||
|
||||
$(filter-out _all,$(MAKECMDGOALS)) _all:
|
||||
$(if $(KBUILD_VERBOSE:1=),@)$(MAKE) -C $(KBUILD_OUTPUT) \
|
||||
KBUILD_SRC=$(CURDIR) KBUILD_VERBOSE=$(KBUILD_VERBOSE) \
|
||||
KBUILD_CHECK=$(KBUILD_CHECK) KBUILD_EXTMOD="$(KBUILD_EXTMOD)" \
|
||||
-f $(CURDIR)/Makefile $@
|
||||
$(if $(KBUILD_VERBOSE:1=),@)$(MAKE) -C $(KBUILD_OUTPUT) \
|
||||
KBUILD_SRC=$(CURDIR) \
|
||||
KBUILD_EXTMOD="$(KBUILD_EXTMOD)" -f $(CURDIR)/Makefile $@
|
||||
|
||||
# Leave processing to above invocation of make
|
||||
skip-makefile := 1
|
||||
@ -233,7 +232,7 @@ ifeq ($(MAKECMDGOALS),)
|
||||
KBUILD_MODULES := 1
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
export KBUILD_MODULES KBUILD_BUILTIN KBUILD_VERBOSE
|
||||
export KBUILD_MODULES KBUILD_BUILTIN
|
||||
export KBUILD_CHECKSRC KBUILD_SRC KBUILD_EXTMOD
|
||||
|
||||
# Beautify output
|
||||
@ -309,6 +308,9 @@ cc-version = $(shell $(CONFIG_SHELL) $(srctree)/scripts/gcc-version.sh \
|
||||
# Look for make include files relative to root of kernel src
|
||||
MAKEFLAGS += --include-dir=$(srctree)
|
||||
|
||||
# We need some generic definitions
|
||||
include $(srctree)/scripts/Kbuild.include
|
||||
|
||||
# For maximum performance (+ possibly random breakage, uncomment
|
||||
# the following)
|
||||
|
||||
@ -348,7 +350,7 @@ LINUXINCLUDE := -Iinclude \
|
||||
|
||||
CPPFLAGS := -D__KERNEL__ $(LINUXINCLUDE)
|
||||
|
||||
CFLAGS := -Wall -Wstrict-prototypes -Wno-trigraphs \
|
||||
CFLAGS := -Wall -Wundef -Wstrict-prototypes -Wno-trigraphs \
|
||||
-fno-strict-aliasing -fno-common \
|
||||
-ffreestanding
|
||||
AFLAGS := -D__ASSEMBLY__
|
||||
@ -367,15 +369,10 @@ export AFLAGS AFLAGS_KERNEL AFLAGS_MODULE
|
||||
# even be read-only.
|
||||
export MODVERDIR := $(if $(KBUILD_EXTMOD),$(firstword $(KBUILD_EXTMOD))/).tmp_versions
|
||||
|
||||
# The temporary file to save gcc -MD generated dependencies must not
|
||||
# contain a comma
|
||||
comma := ,
|
||||
depfile = $(subst $(comma),_,$(@D)/.$(@F).d)
|
||||
|
||||
# Files to ignore in find ... statements
|
||||
|
||||
RCS_FIND_IGNORE := \( -name SCCS -o -name BitKeeper -o -name .svn -o -name CVS -o -name .pc \) -prune -o
|
||||
RCS_TAR_IGNORE := --exclude SCCS --exclude BitKeeper --exclude .svn --exclude CVS --exclude .pc
|
||||
RCS_FIND_IGNORE := \( -name SCCS -o -name BitKeeper -o -name .svn -o -name CVS -o -name .pc -o -name .hg \) -prune -o
|
||||
RCS_TAR_IGNORE := --exclude SCCS --exclude BitKeeper --exclude .svn --exclude CVS --exclude .pc --exclude .hg
|
||||
|
||||
# ===========================================================================
|
||||
# Rules shared between *config targets and build targets
|
||||
@ -551,6 +548,26 @@ export KBUILD_IMAGE ?= vmlinux
|
||||
# images. Default is /boot, but you can set it to other values
|
||||
export INSTALL_PATH ?= /boot
|
||||
|
||||
# If CONFIG_LOCALVERSION_AUTO is set, we automatically perform some tests
|
||||
# and try to determine if the current source tree is a release tree, of any sort,
|
||||
# or if is a pure development tree.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# A 'release tree' is any tree with a git TAG associated
|
||||
# with it. The primary goal of this is to make it safe for a native
|
||||
# git/CVS/SVN user to build a release tree (i.e, 2.6.9) and also to
|
||||
# continue developing against the current Linus tree, without having the Linus
|
||||
# tree overwrite the 2.6.9 tree when installed.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Currently, only git is supported.
|
||||
# Other SCMs can edit scripts/setlocalversion and add the appropriate
|
||||
# checks as needed.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
ifdef CONFIG_LOCALVERSION_AUTO
|
||||
localversion-auto := $(shell $(PERL) $(srctree)/scripts/setlocalversion $(srctree))
|
||||
LOCALVERSION := $(LOCALVERSION)$(localversion-auto)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# INSTALL_MOD_PATH specifies a prefix to MODLIB for module directory
|
||||
# relocations required by build roots. This is not defined in the
|
||||
@ -691,8 +708,10 @@ endef
|
||||
|
||||
# Update vmlinux version before link
|
||||
# Use + in front of this rule to silent warning about make -j1
|
||||
# First command is ':' to allow us to use + in front of this rule
|
||||
cmd_ksym_ld = $(cmd_vmlinux__)
|
||||
define rule_ksym_ld
|
||||
:
|
||||
+$(call cmd,vmlinux_version)
|
||||
$(call cmd,vmlinux__)
|
||||
$(Q)echo 'cmd_$@ := $(cmd_vmlinux__)' > $(@D)/.$(@F).cmd
|
||||
@ -722,6 +741,16 @@ quiet_cmd_kallsyms = KSYM $@
|
||||
# Needs to visit scripts/ before $(KALLSYMS) can be used.
|
||||
$(KALLSYMS): scripts ;
|
||||
|
||||
# Generate some data for debugging strange kallsyms problems
|
||||
debug_kallsyms: .tmp_map$(last_kallsyms)
|
||||
|
||||
.tmp_map%: .tmp_vmlinux% FORCE
|
||||
($(OBJDUMP) -h $< | $(AWK) '/^ +[0-9]/{print $$4 " 0 " $$2}'; $(NM) $<) | sort > $@
|
||||
|
||||
.tmp_map3: .tmp_map2
|
||||
|
||||
.tmp_map2: .tmp_map1
|
||||
|
||||
endif # ifdef CONFIG_KALLSYMS
|
||||
|
||||
# vmlinux image - including updated kernel symbols
|
||||
@ -747,17 +776,17 @@ $(vmlinux-dirs): prepare-all scripts
|
||||
# A multi level approach is used. prepare1 is updated first, then prepare0.
|
||||
# prepare-all is the collection point for the prepare targets.
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: prepare-all prepare prepare0 prepare1 prepare2
|
||||
.PHONY: prepare-all prepare prepare0 prepare1 prepare2 prepare3
|
||||
|
||||
# prepare2 is used to check if we are building in a separate output directory,
|
||||
# prepare3 is used to check if we are building in a separate output directory,
|
||||
# and if so do:
|
||||
# 1) Check that make has not been executed in the kernel src $(srctree)
|
||||
# 2) Create the include2 directory, used for the second asm symlink
|
||||
|
||||
prepare2:
|
||||
prepare3:
|
||||
ifneq ($(KBUILD_SRC),)
|
||||
@echo ' Using $(srctree) as source for kernel'
|
||||
$(Q)if [ -h $(srctree)/include/asm -o -f $(srctree)/.config ]; then \
|
||||
$(Q)if [ -f $(srctree)/.config ]; then \
|
||||
echo " $(srctree) is not clean, please run 'make mrproper'";\
|
||||
echo " in the '$(srctree)' directory.";\
|
||||
/bin/false; \
|
||||
@ -766,17 +795,21 @@ ifneq ($(KBUILD_SRC),)
|
||||
$(Q)ln -fsn $(srctree)/include/asm-$(ARCH) include2/asm
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
# prepare1 creates a makefile if using a separate output directory
|
||||
prepare1: prepare2 outputmakefile
|
||||
# prepare2 creates a makefile if using a separate output directory
|
||||
prepare2: prepare3 outputmakefile
|
||||
|
||||
prepare0: prepare1 include/linux/version.h include/asm include/config/MARKER
|
||||
prepare1: prepare2 include/linux/version.h include/asm \
|
||||
include/config/MARKER
|
||||
ifneq ($(KBUILD_MODULES),)
|
||||
$(Q)rm -rf $(MODVERDIR)
|
||||
$(Q)mkdir -p $(MODVERDIR)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
prepare0: prepare prepare1 FORCE
|
||||
$(Q)$(MAKE) $(build)=$(srctree)
|
||||
|
||||
# All the preparing..
|
||||
prepare-all: prepare0 prepare
|
||||
prepare-all: prepare0
|
||||
|
||||
# Leave this as default for preprocessing vmlinux.lds.S, which is now
|
||||
# done in arch/$(ARCH)/kernel/Makefile
|
||||
@ -875,7 +908,7 @@ modules_install: _modinst_ _modinst_post
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: _modinst_
|
||||
_modinst_:
|
||||
@if [ -z "`$(DEPMOD) -V | grep module-init-tools`" ]; then \
|
||||
@if [ -z "`$(DEPMOD) -V 2>/dev/null | grep module-init-tools`" ]; then \
|
||||
echo "Warning: you may need to install module-init-tools"; \
|
||||
echo "See http://www.codemonkey.org.uk/docs/post-halloween-2.6.txt";\
|
||||
sleep 1; \
|
||||
@ -919,26 +952,6 @@ modules modules_install: FORCE
|
||||
|
||||
endif # CONFIG_MODULES
|
||||
|
||||
# Generate asm-offsets.h
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
define filechk_gen-asm-offsets
|
||||
(set -e; \
|
||||
echo "#ifndef __ASM_OFFSETS_H__"; \
|
||||
echo "#define __ASM_OFFSETS_H__"; \
|
||||
echo "/*"; \
|
||||
echo " * DO NOT MODIFY."; \
|
||||
echo " *"; \
|
||||
echo " * This file was generated by arch/$(ARCH)/Makefile"; \
|
||||
echo " *"; \
|
||||
echo " */"; \
|
||||
echo ""; \
|
||||
sed -ne "/^->/{s:^->\([^ ]*\) [\$$#]*\([^ ]*\) \(.*\):#define \1 \2 /* \3 */:; s:->::; p;}"; \
|
||||
echo ""; \
|
||||
echo "#endif" )
|
||||
endef
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
###
|
||||
# Cleaning is done on three levels.
|
||||
# make clean Delete most generated files
|
||||
@ -961,7 +974,7 @@ MRPROPER_FILES += .config .config.old include/asm .version \
|
||||
#
|
||||
clean: rm-dirs := $(CLEAN_DIRS)
|
||||
clean: rm-files := $(CLEAN_FILES)
|
||||
clean-dirs := $(addprefix _clean_,$(vmlinux-alldirs))
|
||||
clean-dirs := $(addprefix _clean_,$(srctree) $(vmlinux-alldirs))
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: $(clean-dirs) clean archclean
|
||||
$(clean-dirs):
|
||||
@ -1159,37 +1172,49 @@ else
|
||||
__srctree = $(srctree)/
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
ALLSOURCE_ARCHS := $(ARCH)
|
||||
|
||||
define all-sources
|
||||
( find $(__srctree) $(RCS_FIND_IGNORE) \
|
||||
\( -name include -o -name arch \) -prune -o \
|
||||
-name '*.[chS]' -print; \
|
||||
find $(__srctree)arch/$(ARCH) $(RCS_FIND_IGNORE) \
|
||||
-name '*.[chS]' -print; \
|
||||
for ARCH in $(ALLSOURCE_ARCHS) ; do \
|
||||
find $(__srctree)arch/$${ARCH} $(RCS_FIND_IGNORE) \
|
||||
-name '*.[chS]' -print; \
|
||||
done ; \
|
||||
find $(__srctree)security/selinux/include $(RCS_FIND_IGNORE) \
|
||||
-name '*.[chS]' -print; \
|
||||
find $(__srctree)include $(RCS_FIND_IGNORE) \
|
||||
\( -name config -o -name 'asm-*' \) -prune \
|
||||
-o -name '*.[chS]' -print; \
|
||||
find $(__srctree)include/asm-$(ARCH) $(RCS_FIND_IGNORE) \
|
||||
-name '*.[chS]' -print; \
|
||||
for ARCH in $(ALLSOURCE_ARCHS) ; do \
|
||||
find $(__srctree)include/asm-$${ARCH} $(RCS_FIND_IGNORE) \
|
||||
-name '*.[chS]' -print; \
|
||||
done ; \
|
||||
find $(__srctree)include/asm-generic $(RCS_FIND_IGNORE) \
|
||||
-name '*.[chS]' -print )
|
||||
endef
|
||||
|
||||
quiet_cmd_cscope-file = FILELST cscope.files
|
||||
cmd_cscope-file = $(all-sources) > cscope.files
|
||||
cmd_cscope-file = (echo \-k; echo \-q; $(all-sources)) > cscope.files
|
||||
|
||||
quiet_cmd_cscope = MAKE cscope.out
|
||||
cmd_cscope = cscope -k -b -q
|
||||
cmd_cscope = cscope -b
|
||||
|
||||
cscope: FORCE
|
||||
$(call cmd,cscope-file)
|
||||
$(call cmd,cscope)
|
||||
|
||||
quiet_cmd_TAGS = MAKE $@
|
||||
cmd_TAGS = $(all-sources) | etags -
|
||||
define cmd_TAGS
|
||||
rm -f $@; \
|
||||
ETAGSF=`etags --version | grep -i exuberant >/dev/null && echo "-I __initdata,__exitdata,EXPORT_SYMBOL,EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL --extra=+f"`; \
|
||||
$(all-sources) | xargs etags $$ETAGSF -a
|
||||
endef
|
||||
|
||||
TAGS: FORCE
|
||||
$(call cmd,TAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
# Exuberant ctags works better with -I
|
||||
|
||||
quiet_cmd_tags = MAKE $@
|
||||
define cmd_tags
|
||||
@ -1198,9 +1223,6 @@ define cmd_tags
|
||||
$(all-sources) | xargs ctags $$CTAGSF -a
|
||||
endef
|
||||
|
||||
TAGS: FORCE
|
||||
$(call cmd,TAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
tags: FORCE
|
||||
$(call cmd,tags)
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1268,82 +1290,11 @@ ifneq ($(cmd_files),)
|
||||
include $(cmd_files)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
# Execute command and generate cmd file
|
||||
if_changed = $(if $(strip $? \
|
||||
$(filter-out $(cmd_$(1)),$(cmd_$@))\
|
||||
$(filter-out $(cmd_$@),$(cmd_$(1)))),\
|
||||
@set -e; \
|
||||
$(if $($(quiet)cmd_$(1)),echo ' $(subst ','\'',$($(quiet)cmd_$(1)))';) \
|
||||
$(cmd_$(1)); \
|
||||
echo 'cmd_$@ := $(subst $$,$$$$,$(subst ','\'',$(cmd_$(1))))' > $(@D)/.$(@F).cmd)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# execute the command and also postprocess generated .d dependencies
|
||||
# file
|
||||
if_changed_dep = $(if $(strip $? $(filter-out FORCE $(wildcard $^),$^)\
|
||||
$(filter-out $(cmd_$(1)),$(cmd_$@))\
|
||||
$(filter-out $(cmd_$@),$(cmd_$(1)))),\
|
||||
$(Q)set -e; \
|
||||
$(if $($(quiet)cmd_$(1)),echo ' $(subst ','\'',$($(quiet)cmd_$(1)))';) \
|
||||
$(cmd_$(1)); \
|
||||
scripts/basic/fixdep $(depfile) $@ '$(subst $$,$$$$,$(subst ','\'',$(cmd_$(1))))' > $(@D)/.$(@F).tmp; \
|
||||
rm -f $(depfile); \
|
||||
mv -f $(@D)/.$(@F).tmp $(@D)/.$(@F).cmd)
|
||||
|
||||
# Usage: $(call if_changed_rule,foo)
|
||||
# will check if $(cmd_foo) changed, or any of the prequisites changed,
|
||||
# and if so will execute $(rule_foo)
|
||||
|
||||
if_changed_rule = $(if $(strip $? \
|
||||
$(filter-out $(cmd_$(1)),$(cmd_$(@F)))\
|
||||
$(filter-out $(cmd_$(@F)),$(cmd_$(1)))),\
|
||||
$(Q)$(rule_$(1)))
|
||||
|
||||
# If quiet is set, only print short version of command
|
||||
|
||||
cmd = @$(if $($(quiet)cmd_$(1)),echo ' $($(quiet)cmd_$(1))' &&) $(cmd_$(1))
|
||||
|
||||
# filechk is used to check if the content of a generated file is updated.
|
||||
# Sample usage:
|
||||
# define filechk_sample
|
||||
# echo $KERNELRELEASE
|
||||
# endef
|
||||
# version.h : Makefile
|
||||
# $(call filechk,sample)
|
||||
# The rule defined shall write to stdout the content of the new file.
|
||||
# The existing file will be compared with the new one.
|
||||
# - If no file exist it is created
|
||||
# - If the content differ the new file is used
|
||||
# - If they are equal no change, and no timestamp update
|
||||
|
||||
define filechk
|
||||
@set -e; \
|
||||
echo ' CHK $@'; \
|
||||
mkdir -p $(dir $@); \
|
||||
$(filechk_$(1)) < $< > $@.tmp; \
|
||||
if [ -r $@ ] && cmp -s $@ $@.tmp; then \
|
||||
rm -f $@.tmp; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
echo ' UPD $@'; \
|
||||
mv -f $@.tmp $@; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
endef
|
||||
|
||||
# Shorthand for $(Q)$(MAKE) -f scripts/Makefile.build obj=dir
|
||||
# Usage:
|
||||
# $(Q)$(MAKE) $(build)=dir
|
||||
build := -f $(if $(KBUILD_SRC),$(srctree)/)scripts/Makefile.build obj
|
||||
|
||||
# Shorthand for $(Q)$(MAKE) -f scripts/Makefile.clean obj=dir
|
||||
# Usage:
|
||||
# $(Q)$(MAKE) $(clean)=dir
|
||||
clean := -f $(if $(KBUILD_SRC),$(srctree)/)scripts/Makefile.clean obj
|
||||
|
||||
# $(call descend,<dir>,<target>)
|
||||
# Recursively call a sub-make in <dir> with target <target>
|
||||
# Usage is deprecated, because make does not see this as an invocation of make.
|
||||
descend =$(Q)$(MAKE) -f $(if $(KBUILD_SRC),$(srctree)/)scripts/Makefile.build obj=$(1) $(2)
|
||||
|
||||
endif # skip-makefile
|
||||
|
||||
FORCE:
|
||||
|
@ -479,6 +479,9 @@ config EISA
|
||||
depends on ALPHA_GENERIC || ALPHA_JENSEN || ALPHA_ALCOR || ALPHA_MIKASA || ALPHA_SABLE || ALPHA_LYNX || ALPHA_NORITAKE || ALPHA_RAWHIDE
|
||||
default y
|
||||
|
||||
config ARCH_MAY_HAVE_PC_FDC
|
||||
def_bool y
|
||||
|
||||
config SMP
|
||||
bool "Symmetric multi-processing support"
|
||||
depends on ALPHA_SABLE || ALPHA_LYNX || ALPHA_RAWHIDE || ALPHA_DP264 || ALPHA_WILDFIRE || ALPHA_TITAN || ALPHA_GENERIC || ALPHA_SHARK || ALPHA_MARVEL
|
||||
|
@ -108,20 +108,9 @@ $(boot)/vmlinux.gz: vmlinux
|
||||
bootimage bootpfile bootpzfile: vmlinux
|
||||
$(Q)$(MAKE) $(build)=$(boot) $(boot)/$@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
prepare: include/asm-$(ARCH)/asm_offsets.h
|
||||
|
||||
arch/$(ARCH)/kernel/asm-offsets.s: include/asm include/linux/version.h \
|
||||
include/config/MARKER
|
||||
|
||||
include/asm-$(ARCH)/asm_offsets.h: arch/$(ARCH)/kernel/asm-offsets.s
|
||||
$(call filechk,gen-asm-offsets)
|
||||
|
||||
archclean:
|
||||
$(Q)$(MAKE) $(clean)=$(boot)
|
||||
|
||||
CLEAN_FILES += include/asm-$(ARCH)/asm_offsets.h
|
||||
|
||||
define archhelp
|
||||
echo '* boot - Compressed kernel image (arch/alpha/boot/vmlinux.gz)'
|
||||
echo ' bootimage - SRM bootable image (arch/alpha/boot/bootimage)'
|
||||
|
@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <linux/config.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/asm_offsets.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/asm-offsets.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/thread_info.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/pal.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/errno.h>
|
||||
|
@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
#include <linux/config.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/system.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/asm_offsets.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/asm-offsets.h>
|
||||
|
||||
.globl swapper_pg_dir
|
||||
.globl _stext
|
||||
|
@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ module_free(struct module *mod, void *module_region)
|
||||
|
||||
struct got_entry {
|
||||
struct got_entry *next;
|
||||
Elf64_Addr r_offset;
|
||||
Elf64_Sxword r_addend;
|
||||
int got_offset;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
@ -57,14 +57,14 @@ process_reloc_for_got(Elf64_Rela *rela,
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long r_sym = ELF64_R_SYM (rela->r_info);
|
||||
unsigned long r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rela->r_info);
|
||||
Elf64_Addr r_offset = rela->r_offset;
|
||||
Elf64_Sxword r_addend = rela->r_addend;
|
||||
struct got_entry *g;
|
||||
|
||||
if (r_type != R_ALPHA_LITERAL)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
for (g = chains + r_sym; g ; g = g->next)
|
||||
if (g->r_offset == r_offset) {
|
||||
if (g->r_addend == r_addend) {
|
||||
if (g->got_offset == 0) {
|
||||
g->got_offset = *poffset;
|
||||
*poffset += 8;
|
||||
@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ process_reloc_for_got(Elf64_Rela *rela,
|
||||
|
||||
g = kmalloc (sizeof (*g), GFP_KERNEL);
|
||||
g->next = chains[r_sym].next;
|
||||
g->r_offset = r_offset;
|
||||
g->r_addend = r_addend;
|
||||
g->got_offset = *poffset;
|
||||
*poffset += 8;
|
||||
chains[r_sym].next = g;
|
||||
|
@ -974,6 +974,7 @@ osf_select(int n, fd_set __user *inp, fd_set __user *outp, fd_set __user *exp,
|
||||
size_t size;
|
||||
long timeout;
|
||||
int ret = -EINVAL;
|
||||
struct fdtable *fdt;
|
||||
|
||||
timeout = MAX_SCHEDULE_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
if (tvp) {
|
||||
@ -995,7 +996,8 @@ osf_select(int n, fd_set __user *inp, fd_set __user *outp, fd_set __user *exp,
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (n < 0 || n > current->files->max_fdset)
|
||||
fdt = files_fdtable(current->files);
|
||||
if (n < 0 || n > fdt->max_fdset)
|
||||
goto out_nofds;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
@ -373,12 +373,11 @@ marvel_map_irq(struct pci_dev *dev, u8 slot, u8 pin)
|
||||
irq += 0x80; /* offset for lsi */
|
||||
|
||||
#if 1
|
||||
printk("PCI:%d:%d:%d (hose %d) [%s] is using MSI\n",
|
||||
printk("PCI:%d:%d:%d (hose %d) is using MSI\n",
|
||||
dev->bus->number,
|
||||
PCI_SLOT(dev->devfn),
|
||||
PCI_FUNC(dev->devfn),
|
||||
hose->index,
|
||||
pci_pretty_name (dev));
|
||||
hose->index);
|
||||
printk(" %d message(s) from 0x%04x\n",
|
||||
1 << ((msg_ctl & PCI_MSI_FLAGS_QSIZE) >> 4),
|
||||
msg_dat);
|
||||
|
@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ irqreturn_t timer_interrupt(int irq, void *dev, struct pt_regs * regs)
|
||||
* CMOS clock accordingly every ~11 minutes. Set_rtc_mmss() has to be
|
||||
* called as close as possible to 500 ms before the new second starts.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if ((time_status & STA_UNSYNC) == 0
|
||||
if (ntp_synced()
|
||||
&& xtime.tv_sec > state.last_rtc_update + 660
|
||||
&& xtime.tv_nsec >= 500000 - ((unsigned) TICK_SIZE) / 2
|
||||
&& xtime.tv_nsec <= 500000 + ((unsigned) TICK_SIZE) / 2) {
|
||||
@ -502,10 +502,7 @@ do_settimeofday(struct timespec *tv)
|
||||
set_normalized_timespec(&xtime, sec, nsec);
|
||||
set_normalized_timespec(&wall_to_monotonic, wtm_sec, wtm_nsec);
|
||||
|
||||
time_adjust = 0; /* stop active adjtime() */
|
||||
time_status |= STA_UNSYNC;
|
||||
time_maxerror = NTP_PHASE_LIMIT;
|
||||
time_esterror = NTP_PHASE_LIMIT;
|
||||
ntp_clear();
|
||||
|
||||
write_sequnlock_irq(&xtime_lock);
|
||||
clock_was_set();
|
||||
|
@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
|
||||
* Verify that we have not overflowed the stack. Oops if we have.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <asm/asm_offsets.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/asm-offsets.h>
|
||||
|
||||
.text
|
||||
.set noat
|
||||
|
@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
|
||||
* uninitialized local variables in the act.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <asm/asm_offsets.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/asm-offsets.h>
|
||||
|
||||
.text
|
||||
.set noat
|
||||
|
@ -64,6 +64,9 @@ config GENERIC_CALIBRATE_DELAY
|
||||
config GENERIC_BUST_SPINLOCK
|
||||
bool
|
||||
|
||||
config ARCH_MAY_HAVE_PC_FDC
|
||||
bool
|
||||
|
||||
config GENERIC_ISA_DMA
|
||||
bool
|
||||
|
||||
@ -150,6 +153,7 @@ config ARCH_RPC
|
||||
select ARCH_ACORN
|
||||
select FIQ
|
||||
select TIMER_ACORN
|
||||
select ARCH_MAY_HAVE_PC_FDC
|
||||
help
|
||||
On the Acorn Risc-PC, Linux can support the internal IDE disk and
|
||||
CD-ROM interface, serial and parallel port, and the floppy drive.
|
||||
|
@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ endif
|
||||
prepare: maketools include/asm-arm/.arch
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: maketools FORCE
|
||||
maketools: include/asm-arm/constants.h include/linux/version.h FORCE
|
||||
maketools: include/linux/version.h FORCE
|
||||
$(Q)$(MAKE) $(build)=arch/arm/tools include/asm-arm/mach-types.h
|
||||
|
||||
# Convert bzImage to zImage
|
||||
@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ zImage Image xipImage bootpImage uImage: vmlinux
|
||||
zinstall install: vmlinux
|
||||
$(Q)$(MAKE) $(build)=$(boot) MACHINE=$(MACHINE) $@
|
||||
|
||||
CLEAN_FILES += include/asm-arm/constants.h* include/asm-arm/mach-types.h \
|
||||
CLEAN_FILES += include/asm-arm/mach-types.h \
|
||||
include/asm-arm/arch include/asm-arm/.arch
|
||||
|
||||
# We use MRPROPER_FILES and CLEAN_FILES now
|
||||
@ -201,11 +201,6 @@ archclean:
|
||||
bp:; $(Q)$(MAKE) $(build)=$(boot) MACHINE=$(MACHINE) $(boot)/bootpImage
|
||||
i zi:; $(Q)$(MAKE) $(build)=$(boot) MACHINE=$(MACHINE) $@
|
||||
|
||||
arch/$(ARCH)/kernel/asm-offsets.s: include/asm include/linux/version.h \
|
||||
include/asm-arm/.arch
|
||||
|
||||
include/asm-$(ARCH)/constants.h: arch/$(ARCH)/kernel/asm-offsets.s
|
||||
$(call filechk,gen-asm-offsets)
|
||||
|
||||
define archhelp
|
||||
echo '* zImage - Compressed kernel image (arch/$(ARCH)/boot/zImage)'
|
||||
|
@ -7,7 +7,8 @@
|
||||
* so we have to figure out the machine for ourselves...
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Support for Poodle, Corgi (SL-C700), Shepherd (SL-C750)
|
||||
* and Husky (SL-C760).
|
||||
* Husky (SL-C760), Tosa (SL-C6000), Spitz (SL-C3000),
|
||||
* Akita (SL-C1000) and Borzoi (SL-C3100).
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
@ -23,6 +24,22 @@
|
||||
|
||||
__SharpSL_start:
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check for TC6393 - if found we have a Tosa */
|
||||
ldr r7, .TOSAID
|
||||
mov r1, #0x10000000 @ Base address of TC6393 chip
|
||||
mov r6, #0x03
|
||||
ldrh r3, [r1, #8] @ Load TC6393XB Revison: This is 0x0003
|
||||
cmp r6, r3
|
||||
beq .SHARPEND @ Success -> tosa
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check for pxa270 - if found, branch */
|
||||
mrc p15, 0, r4, c0, c0 @ Get Processor ID
|
||||
and r4, r4, #0xffffff00
|
||||
ldr r3, .PXA270ID
|
||||
cmp r4, r3
|
||||
beq .PXA270
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check for w100 - if not found we have a Poodle */
|
||||
ldr r1, .W100ADDR @ Base address of w100 chip + regs offset
|
||||
|
||||
mov r6, #0x31 @ Load Magic Init value
|
||||
@ -30,7 +47,7 @@ __SharpSL_start:
|
||||
mov r5, #0x3000
|
||||
.W100LOOP:
|
||||
subs r5, r5, #1
|
||||
bne .W100LOOP
|
||||
bne .W100LOOP
|
||||
mov r6, #0x30 @ Load 2nd Magic Init value
|
||||
str r6, [r1, #0x280] @ to SCRATCH_UMSK
|
||||
|
||||
@ -40,45 +57,52 @@ __SharpSL_start:
|
||||
cmp r6, r3
|
||||
bne .SHARPEND @ We have no w100 - Poodle
|
||||
|
||||
mrc p15, 0, r6, c0, c0 @ Get Processor ID
|
||||
and r6, r6, #0xffffff00
|
||||
/* Check for pxa250 - if found we have a Corgi */
|
||||
ldr r7, .CORGIID
|
||||
ldr r3, .PXA255ID
|
||||
cmp r6, r3
|
||||
cmp r4, r3
|
||||
blo .SHARPEND @ We have a PXA250 - Corgi
|
||||
|
||||
mov r1, #0x0c000000 @ Base address of NAND chip
|
||||
ldrb r3, [r1, #24] @ Load FLASHCTL
|
||||
bic r3, r3, #0x11 @ SET NCE
|
||||
orr r3, r3, #0x0a @ SET CLR + FLWP
|
||||
strb r3, [r1, #24] @ Save to FLASHCTL
|
||||
mov r2, #0x90 @ Command "readid"
|
||||
strb r2, [r1, #20] @ Save to FLASHIO
|
||||
bic r3, r3, #2 @ CLR CLE
|
||||
orr r3, r3, #4 @ SET ALE
|
||||
strb r3, [r1, #24] @ Save to FLASHCTL
|
||||
mov r2, #0 @ Address 0x00
|
||||
strb r2, [r1, #20] @ Save to FLASHIO
|
||||
bic r3, r3, #4 @ CLR ALE
|
||||
strb r3, [r1, #24] @ Save to FLASHCTL
|
||||
.SHARP1:
|
||||
ldrb r3, [r1, #24] @ Load FLASHCTL
|
||||
tst r3, #32 @ Is chip ready?
|
||||
beq .SHARP1
|
||||
ldrb r2, [r1, #20] @ NAND Manufacturer ID
|
||||
ldrb r3, [r1, #20] @ NAND Chip ID
|
||||
/* Check for 64MiB flash - if found we have a Shepherd */
|
||||
bl get_flash_ids
|
||||
ldr r7, .SHEPHERDID
|
||||
cmp r3, #0x76 @ 64MiB flash
|
||||
beq .SHARPEND @ We have Shepherd
|
||||
|
||||
/* Must be a Husky */
|
||||
ldr r7, .HUSKYID @ Must be Husky
|
||||
b .SHARPEND
|
||||
|
||||
.PXA270:
|
||||
/* Check for 16MiB flash - if found we have Spitz */
|
||||
bl get_flash_ids
|
||||
ldr r7, .SPITZID
|
||||
cmp r3, #0x73 @ 16MiB flash
|
||||
beq .SHARPEND @ We have Spitz
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check for a second SCOOP chip - if found we have Borzoi */
|
||||
ldr r1, .SCOOP2ADDR
|
||||
ldr r7, .BORZOIID
|
||||
mov r6, #0x0140
|
||||
strh r6, [r1]
|
||||
ldrh r6, [r1]
|
||||
cmp r6, #0x0140
|
||||
beq .SHARPEND @ We have Borzoi
|
||||
|
||||
/* Must be Akita */
|
||||
ldr r7, .AKITAID
|
||||
b .SHARPEND @ We have Borzoi
|
||||
|
||||
.PXA255ID:
|
||||
.word 0x69052d00 @ PXA255 Processor ID
|
||||
.PXA270ID:
|
||||
.word 0x69054100 @ PXA270 Processor ID
|
||||
.W100ID:
|
||||
.word 0x57411002 @ w100 Chip ID
|
||||
.W100ADDR:
|
||||
.word 0x08010000 @ w100 Chip ID Reg Address
|
||||
.SCOOP2ADDR:
|
||||
.word 0x08800040
|
||||
.POODLEID:
|
||||
.word MACH_TYPE_POODLE
|
||||
.CORGIID:
|
||||
@ -87,6 +111,41 @@ __SharpSL_start:
|
||||
.word MACH_TYPE_SHEPHERD
|
||||
.HUSKYID:
|
||||
.word MACH_TYPE_HUSKY
|
||||
.TOSAID:
|
||||
.word MACH_TYPE_TOSA
|
||||
.SPITZID:
|
||||
.word MACH_TYPE_SPITZ
|
||||
.AKITAID:
|
||||
.word MACH_TYPE_AKITA
|
||||
.BORZOIID:
|
||||
.word MACH_TYPE_BORZOI
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Return: r2 - NAND Manufacturer ID
|
||||
* r3 - NAND Chip ID
|
||||
* Corrupts: r1
|
||||
*/
|
||||
get_flash_ids:
|
||||
mov r1, #0x0c000000 @ Base address of NAND chip
|
||||
ldrb r3, [r1, #24] @ Load FLASHCTL
|
||||
bic r3, r3, #0x11 @ SET NCE
|
||||
orr r3, r3, #0x0a @ SET CLR + FLWP
|
||||
strb r3, [r1, #24] @ Save to FLASHCTL
|
||||
mov r2, #0x90 @ Command "readid"
|
||||
strb r2, [r1, #20] @ Save to FLASHIO
|
||||
bic r3, r3, #2 @ CLR CLE
|
||||
orr r3, r3, #4 @ SET ALE
|
||||
strb r3, [r1, #24] @ Save to FLASHCTL
|
||||
mov r2, #0 @ Address 0x00
|
||||
strb r2, [r1, #20] @ Save to FLASHIO
|
||||
bic r3, r3, #4 @ CLR ALE
|
||||
strb r3, [r1, #24] @ Save to FLASHCTL
|
||||
.fids1:
|
||||
ldrb r3, [r1, #24] @ Load FLASHCTL
|
||||
tst r3, #32 @ Is chip ready?
|
||||
beq .fids1
|
||||
ldrb r2, [r1, #20] @ NAND Manufacturer ID
|
||||
ldrb r3, [r1, #20] @ NAND Chip ID
|
||||
mov pc, lr
|
||||
|
||||
.SHARPEND:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ static void locomo_handler(unsigned int irq, struct irqdesc *desc,
|
||||
d = irq_desc + irq;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i <= 3; i++, d++, irq++) {
|
||||
if (req & (0x0100 << i)) {
|
||||
d->handle(irq, d, regs);
|
||||
desc_handle_irq(irq, d, regs);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ static void locomo_key_handler(unsigned int irq, struct irqdesc *desc,
|
||||
|
||||
if (locomo_readl(mapbase + LOCOMO_KEYBOARD + LOCOMO_KIC) & 0x0001) {
|
||||
d = irq_desc + LOCOMO_IRQ_KEY_START;
|
||||
d->handle(LOCOMO_IRQ_KEY_START, d, regs);
|
||||
desc_handle_irq(LOCOMO_IRQ_KEY_START, d, regs);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ static void locomo_gpio_handler(unsigned int irq, struct irqdesc *desc,
|
||||
d = irq_desc + LOCOMO_IRQ_GPIO_START;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i <= 15; i++, irq++, d++) {
|
||||
if (req & (0x0001 << i)) {
|
||||
d->handle(irq, d, regs);
|
||||
desc_handle_irq(irq, d, regs);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ static void locomo_lt_handler(unsigned int irq, struct irqdesc *desc,
|
||||
|
||||
if (locomo_readl(mapbase + LOCOMO_LTINT) & 0x0001) {
|
||||
d = irq_desc + LOCOMO_IRQ_LT_START;
|
||||
d->handle(LOCOMO_IRQ_LT_START, d, regs);
|
||||
desc_handle_irq(LOCOMO_IRQ_LT_START, d, regs);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ static void locomo_spi_handler(unsigned int irq, struct irqdesc *desc,
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i <= 3; i++, irq++, d++) {
|
||||
if (req & (0x0001 << i)) {
|
||||
d->handle(irq, d, regs);
|
||||
desc_handle_irq(irq, d, regs);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -541,6 +541,103 @@ locomo_init_one_child(struct locomo *lchip, struct locomo_dev_info *info)
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_PM
|
||||
|
||||
struct locomo_save_data {
|
||||
u16 LCM_GPO;
|
||||
u16 LCM_SPICT;
|
||||
u16 LCM_GPE;
|
||||
u16 LCM_ASD;
|
||||
u16 LCM_SPIMD;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
static int locomo_suspend(struct device *dev, u32 pm_message_t, u32 level)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct locomo *lchip = dev_get_drvdata(dev);
|
||||
struct locomo_save_data *save;
|
||||
unsigned long flags;
|
||||
|
||||
if (level != SUSPEND_DISABLE)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
save = kmalloc(sizeof(struct locomo_save_data), GFP_KERNEL);
|
||||
if (!save)
|
||||
return -ENOMEM;
|
||||
|
||||
dev->power.saved_state = (void *) save;
|
||||
|
||||
spin_lock_irqsave(&lchip->lock, flags);
|
||||
|
||||
save->LCM_GPO = locomo_readl(lchip->base + LOCOMO_GPO); /* GPIO */
|
||||
locomo_writel(0x00, lchip->base + LOCOMO_GPO);
|
||||
save->LCM_SPICT = locomo_readl(lchip->base + LOCOMO_SPICT); /* SPI */
|
||||
locomo_writel(0x40, lchip->base + LOCOMO_SPICT);
|
||||
save->LCM_GPE = locomo_readl(lchip->base + LOCOMO_GPE); /* GPIO */
|
||||
locomo_writel(0x00, lchip->base + LOCOMO_GPE);
|
||||
save->LCM_ASD = locomo_readl(lchip->base + LOCOMO_ASD); /* ADSTART */
|
||||
locomo_writel(0x00, lchip->base + LOCOMO_ASD);
|
||||
save->LCM_SPIMD = locomo_readl(lchip->base + LOCOMO_SPIMD); /* SPI */
|
||||
locomo_writel(0x3C14, lchip->base + LOCOMO_SPIMD);
|
||||
|
||||
locomo_writel(0x00, lchip->base + LOCOMO_PAIF);
|
||||
locomo_writel(0x00, lchip->base + LOCOMO_DAC);
|
||||
locomo_writel(0x00, lchip->base + LOCOMO_BACKLIGHT + LOCOMO_TC);
|
||||
|
||||
if ( (locomo_readl(lchip->base + LOCOMO_LED + LOCOMO_LPT0) & 0x88) && (locomo_readl(lchip->base + LOCOMO_LED + LOCOMO_LPT1) & 0x88) )
|
||||
locomo_writel(0x00, lchip->base + LOCOMO_C32K); /* CLK32 off */
|
||||
else
|
||||
/* 18MHz already enabled, so no wait */
|
||||
locomo_writel(0xc1, lchip->base + LOCOMO_C32K); /* CLK32 on */
|
||||
|
||||
locomo_writel(0x00, lchip->base + LOCOMO_TADC); /* 18MHz clock off*/
|
||||
locomo_writel(0x00, lchip->base + LOCOMO_AUDIO + LOCOMO_ACC); /* 22MHz/24MHz clock off */
|
||||
locomo_writel(0x00, lchip->base + LOCOMO_FRONTLIGHT + LOCOMO_ALS); /* FL */
|
||||
|
||||
spin_unlock_irqrestore(&lchip->lock, flags);
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int locomo_resume(struct device *dev, u32 level)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct locomo *lchip = dev_get_drvdata(dev);
|
||||
struct locomo_save_data *save;
|
||||
unsigned long r;
|
||||
unsigned long flags;
|
||||
|
||||
if (level != RESUME_ENABLE)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
save = (struct locomo_save_data *) dev->power.saved_state;
|
||||
if (!save)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
spin_lock_irqsave(&lchip->lock, flags);
|
||||
|
||||
locomo_writel(save->LCM_GPO, lchip->base + LOCOMO_GPO);
|
||||
locomo_writel(save->LCM_SPICT, lchip->base + LOCOMO_SPICT);
|
||||
locomo_writel(save->LCM_GPE, lchip->base + LOCOMO_GPE);
|
||||
locomo_writel(save->LCM_ASD, lchip->base + LOCOMO_ASD);
|
||||
locomo_writel(save->LCM_SPIMD, lchip->base + LOCOMO_SPIMD);
|
||||
|
||||
locomo_writel(0x00, lchip->base + LOCOMO_C32K);
|
||||
locomo_writel(0x90, lchip->base + LOCOMO_TADC);
|
||||
|
||||
locomo_writel(0, lchip->base + LOCOMO_KEYBOARD + LOCOMO_KSC);
|
||||
r = locomo_readl(lchip->base + LOCOMO_KEYBOARD + LOCOMO_KIC);
|
||||
r &= 0xFEFF;
|
||||
locomo_writel(r, lchip->base + LOCOMO_KEYBOARD + LOCOMO_KIC);
|
||||
locomo_writel(0x1, lchip->base + LOCOMO_KEYBOARD + LOCOMO_KCMD);
|
||||
|
||||
spin_unlock_irqrestore(&lchip->lock, flags);
|
||||
|
||||
dev->power.saved_state = NULL;
|
||||
kfree(save);
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* locomo_probe - probe for a single LoCoMo chip.
|
||||
* @phys_addr: physical address of device.
|
||||
@ -651,15 +748,15 @@ __locomo_probe(struct device *me, struct resource *mem, int irq)
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int locomo_remove_child(struct device *dev, void *data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
device_unregister(dev);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void __locomo_remove(struct locomo *lchip)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct list_head *l, *n;
|
||||
|
||||
list_for_each_safe(l, n, &lchip->dev->children) {
|
||||
struct device *d = list_to_dev(l);
|
||||
|
||||
device_unregister(d);
|
||||
}
|
||||
device_for_each_child(lchip->dev, NULL, locomo_remove_child);
|
||||
|
||||
if (lchip->irq != NO_IRQ) {
|
||||
set_irq_chained_handler(lchip->irq, NULL);
|
||||
@ -707,6 +804,10 @@ static struct device_driver locomo_device_driver = {
|
||||
.bus = &platform_bus_type,
|
||||
.probe = locomo_probe,
|
||||
.remove = locomo_remove,
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_PM
|
||||
.suspend = locomo_suspend,
|
||||
.resume = locomo_resume,
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
@ -268,8 +268,8 @@ static struct irqchip sa1111_low_chip = {
|
||||
.mask = sa1111_mask_lowirq,
|
||||
.unmask = sa1111_unmask_lowirq,
|
||||
.retrigger = sa1111_retrigger_lowirq,
|
||||
.type = sa1111_type_lowirq,
|
||||
.wake = sa1111_wake_lowirq,
|
||||
.set_type = sa1111_type_lowirq,
|
||||
.set_wake = sa1111_wake_lowirq,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
static void sa1111_mask_highirq(unsigned int irq)
|
||||
@ -364,8 +364,8 @@ static struct irqchip sa1111_high_chip = {
|
||||
.mask = sa1111_mask_highirq,
|
||||
.unmask = sa1111_unmask_highirq,
|
||||
.retrigger = sa1111_retrigger_highirq,
|
||||
.type = sa1111_type_highirq,
|
||||
.wake = sa1111_wake_highirq,
|
||||
.set_type = sa1111_type_highirq,
|
||||
.set_wake = sa1111_wake_highirq,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
static void sa1111_setup_irq(struct sa1111 *sachip)
|
||||
|
@ -17,6 +17,12 @@
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCOOP_REG(d,adr) (*(volatile unsigned short*)(d +(adr)))
|
||||
|
||||
/* PCMCIA to Scoop linkage structures for pxa2xx_sharpsl.c
|
||||
There is no easy way to link multiple scoop devices into one
|
||||
single entity for the pxa2xx_pcmcia device */
|
||||
int scoop_num;
|
||||
struct scoop_pcmcia_dev *scoop_devs;
|
||||
|
||||
struct scoop_dev {
|
||||
void *base;
|
||||
spinlock_t scoop_lock;
|
||||
|
@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Automatically generated make config: don't edit
|
||||
# Linux kernel version: 2.6.13-rc2
|
||||
# Fri Jul 8 04:49:34 2005
|
||||
# Linux kernel version: 2.6.13
|
||||
# Mon Sep 5 18:07:12 2005
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_ARM=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MMU=y
|
||||
@ -102,9 +102,11 @@ CONFIG_OMAP_MUX_WARNINGS=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_OMAP_MPU_TIMER is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_OMAP_32K_TIMER=y
|
||||
CONFIG_OMAP_32K_TIMER_HZ=128
|
||||
# CONFIG_OMAP_DM_TIMER is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_OMAP_LL_DEBUG_UART1=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_OMAP_LL_DEBUG_UART2 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_OMAP_LL_DEBUG_UART3 is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_OMAP_SERIAL_WAKE=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# OMAP Core Type
|
||||
@ -166,7 +168,6 @@ CONFIG_ISA_DMA_API=y
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Kernel Features
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_SMP is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_PREEMPT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NO_IDLE_HZ=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_DISCONTIGMEM_ENABLE is not set
|
||||
@ -229,6 +230,68 @@ CONFIG_BINFMT_AOUT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_PM=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_APM is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Networking
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_NET=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Networking options
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_PACKET=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_PACKET_MMAP is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_UNIX=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_KEY is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_INET=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_MULTICAST is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_ADVANCED_ROUTER is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_IP_FIB_HASH=y
|
||||
CONFIG_IP_PNP=y
|
||||
CONFIG_IP_PNP_DHCP=y
|
||||
CONFIG_IP_PNP_BOOTP=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_PNP_RARP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_IPIP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_IPGRE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARPD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_AH is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_ESP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_IPCOMP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_TUNNEL is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_IP_TCPDIAG=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_TCPDIAG_IPV6 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_TCP_CONG_ADVANCED is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_TCP_CONG_BIC=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_IPV6 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NETFILTER is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SCTP Configuration (EXPERIMENTAL)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_SCTP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ATM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BRIDGE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DECNET is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_LLC2 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IPX is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ATALK is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_X25 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_LAPB is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_DIVERT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ECONET is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_WAN_ROUTER is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_SCHED is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Network testing
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_PKTGEN is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HAMRADIO is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IRDA is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BT is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Device Drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
@ -243,78 +306,7 @@ CONFIG_PREVENT_FIRMWARE_BUILD=y
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Memory Technology Devices (MTD)
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_DEBUG=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_DEBUG_VERBOSE=3
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_CONCAT is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_REDBOOT_PARTS is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_CMDLINE_PARTS=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_AFS_PARTS is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# User Modules And Translation Layers
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_CHAR=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_BLOCK=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_FTL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NFTL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INFTL is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# RAM/ROM/Flash chip drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_CFI=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_JEDECPROBE is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_GEN_PROBE=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_ADV_OPTIONS is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_1=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_2=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_4=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_8 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_16 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_32 is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I1=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I2=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I4 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I8 is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_INTELEXT=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_AMDSTD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_STAA is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_UTIL=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_RAM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_ROM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_ABSENT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_XIP is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Mapping drivers for chip access
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_COMPLEX_MAPPINGS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_ARM_INTEGRATOR is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_EDB7312 is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Self-contained MTD device drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_SLRAM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_PHRAM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_MTDRAM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_BLKMTD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_BLOCK2MTD is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Disk-On-Chip Device Drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_DOC2000 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_DOC2001 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_DOC2001PLUS is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# NAND Flash Device Drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_NAND is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Parallel port support
|
||||
@ -403,72 +395,8 @@ CONFIG_SCSI_PROC_FS=y
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Networking support
|
||||
# Network device support
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_NET=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Networking options
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_PACKET=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_PACKET_MMAP is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_UNIX=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_KEY is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_INET=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_MULTICAST is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_ADVANCED_ROUTER is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_IP_FIB_HASH=y
|
||||
CONFIG_IP_PNP=y
|
||||
CONFIG_IP_PNP_DHCP=y
|
||||
CONFIG_IP_PNP_BOOTP=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_PNP_RARP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_IPIP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_IPGRE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARPD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_AH is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_ESP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_IPCOMP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_TUNNEL is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_IP_TCPDIAG=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_TCPDIAG_IPV6 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_TCP_CONG_ADVANCED is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_TCP_CONG_BIC=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_IPV6 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NETFILTER is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SCTP Configuration (EXPERIMENTAL)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_SCTP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ATM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BRIDGE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DECNET is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_LLC2 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IPX is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ATALK is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_X25 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_LAPB is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_DIVERT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ECONET is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_WAN_ROUTER is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# QoS and/or fair queueing
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_SCHED is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Network testing
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_PKTGEN is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NETPOLL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HAMRADIO is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IRDA is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BT is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_NETDEVICES=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_DUMMY is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BONDING is not set
|
||||
@ -518,6 +446,8 @@ CONFIG_SLIP_COMPRESSED=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_SLIP_MODE_SLIP6 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SHAPER is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NETCONSOLE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NETPOLL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ISDN subsystem
|
||||
@ -615,77 +545,15 @@ CONFIG_WATCHDOG_NOWAYOUT=y
|
||||
#
|
||||
# I2C support
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_I2C=y
|
||||
CONFIG_I2C_CHARDEV=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# I2C Algorithms
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_ALGOBIT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_ALGOPCF is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_ALGOPCA is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# I2C Hardware Bus support
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_ISA is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_PARPORT_LIGHT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_STUB is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_PCA_ISA is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Hardware Sensors Chip support
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_SENSOR is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM1021 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM1025 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM1026 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM1031 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM9240 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ASB100 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ATXP1 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_DS1621 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_FSCHER is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_FSCPOS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_GL518SM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_GL520SM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_IT87 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM63 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM75 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM77 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM78 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM80 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM83 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM85 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM87 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM90 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM92 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_MAX1619 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PC87360 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_SMSC47B397 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_SMSC47M1 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83781D is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83L785TS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83627HF is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83627EHF is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_ISP1301_OMAP=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Other I2C Chip support
|
||||
# Hardware Monitoring support
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_DS1337 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_DS1374 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_EEPROM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PCF8574 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PCA9539 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PCF8591 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_RTC8564 is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_ISP1301_OMAP=y
|
||||
CONFIG_TPS65010=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_MAX6875 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_CORE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_ALGO is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_BUS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_CHIP is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_HWMON=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_HWMON_DEBUG_CHIP is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Misc devices
|
||||
@ -756,15 +624,9 @@ CONFIG_SOUND=y
|
||||
# Open Sound System
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_SOUND_PRIME=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_SOUND_BT878 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SOUND_FUSION is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SOUND_CS4281 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SOUND_SONICVIBES is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SOUND_TRIDENT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SOUND_MSNDCLAS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SOUND_MSNDPIN is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SOUND_OSS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SOUND_TVMIXER is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SOUND_AD1980 is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
@ -810,6 +672,7 @@ CONFIG_EXT2_FS=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_JBD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_REISERFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_JFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FS_POSIX_ACL is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# XFS support
|
||||
@ -817,6 +680,7 @@ CONFIG_EXT2_FS=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_XFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MINIX_FS is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_ROMFS_FS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_INOTIFY=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_QUOTA is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_DNOTIFY=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_AUTOFS_FS is not set
|
||||
@ -857,15 +721,6 @@ CONFIG_RAMFS=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_BEFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_EFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_JFFS_FS is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_JFFS2_FS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_JFFS2_FS_DEBUG=2
|
||||
# CONFIG_JFFS2_FS_NAND is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_JFFS2_FS_NOR_ECC is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_JFFS2_COMPRESSION_OPTIONS is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_JFFS2_ZLIB=y
|
||||
CONFIG_JFFS2_RTIME=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_JFFS2_RUBIN is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_CRAMFS=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_VXFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HPFS_FS is not set
|
||||
@ -1007,4 +862,3 @@ CONFIG_CRYPTO_DES=y
|
||||
CONFIG_CRC32=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_LIBCRC32C is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_ZLIB_INFLATE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_ZLIB_DEFLATE=y
|
||||
|
@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Automatically generated make config: don't edit
|
||||
# Linux kernel version: 2.6.12-git4
|
||||
# Wed Jun 22 15:56:42 2005
|
||||
# Linux kernel version: 2.6.13-git8
|
||||
# Thu Sep 8 19:24:02 2005
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_ARM=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MMU=y
|
||||
@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ CONFIG_INIT_ENV_ARG_LIMIT=32
|
||||
# General setup
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_LOCALVERSION=""
|
||||
CONFIG_LOCALVERSION_AUTO=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SWAP=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SYSVIPC=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_POSIX_MQUEUE is not set
|
||||
@ -31,6 +32,7 @@ CONFIG_SYSCTL=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_HOTPLUG is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_KOBJECT_UEVENT=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_IKCONFIG is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE=""
|
||||
# CONFIG_EMBEDDED is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_KALLSYMS=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_KALLSYMS_ALL is not set
|
||||
@ -88,7 +90,9 @@ CONFIG_ARCH_S3C2410=y
|
||||
#
|
||||
# S3C24XX Implementations
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_ANUBIS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_ARCH_BAST=y
|
||||
CONFIG_BAST_PC104_IRQ=y
|
||||
CONFIG_ARCH_H1940=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_N30=y
|
||||
CONFIG_ARCH_SMDK2410=y
|
||||
@ -112,6 +116,7 @@ CONFIG_S3C2410_DMA=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_S3C2410_DMA_DEBUG is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_S3C2410_PM_DEBUG is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_S3C2410_PM_CHECK is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_PM_SIMTEC=y
|
||||
CONFIG_S3C2410_LOWLEVEL_UART_PORT=0
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
@ -149,7 +154,15 @@ CONFIG_ISA_DMA_API=y
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_SMP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_PREEMPT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DISCONTIGMEM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NO_IDLE_HZ is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_DISCONTIGMEM_ENABLE is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_SELECT_MEMORY_MODEL=y
|
||||
CONFIG_FLATMEM_MANUAL=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_DISCONTIGMEM_MANUAL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SPARSEMEM_MANUAL is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_FLATMEM=y
|
||||
CONFIG_FLAT_NODE_MEM_MAP=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_SPARSEMEM_STATIC is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_ALIGNMENT_TRAP=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
@ -185,6 +198,74 @@ CONFIG_BINFMT_AOUT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_PM=y
|
||||
CONFIG_APM=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Networking
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_NET=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Networking options
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_PACKET is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_UNIX=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_KEY is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_INET=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_MULTICAST is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_ADVANCED_ROUTER is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_IP_FIB_HASH=y
|
||||
CONFIG_IP_PNP=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_PNP_DHCP is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_IP_PNP_BOOTP=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_PNP_RARP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_IPIP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_IPGRE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARPD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_AH is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_ESP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_IPCOMP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_TUNNEL is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_INET_DIAG=y
|
||||
CONFIG_INET_TCP_DIAG=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_TCP_CONG_ADVANCED is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_TCP_CONG_BIC=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_IPV6 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NETFILTER is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DCCP Configuration (EXPERIMENTAL)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_DCCP is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SCTP Configuration (EXPERIMENTAL)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_SCTP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ATM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BRIDGE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DECNET is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_LLC2 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IPX is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ATALK is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_X25 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_LAPB is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_DIVERT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ECONET is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_WAN_ROUTER is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_SCHED is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Network testing
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_PKTGEN is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NETFILTER_NETLINK is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HAMRADIO is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IRDA is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IEEE80211 is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Device Drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
@ -258,6 +339,7 @@ CONFIG_MTD_ROM=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_IMPA7 is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_BAST=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_BAST_MAXSIZE=4
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD_PLATRAM is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Self-contained MTD device drivers
|
||||
@ -312,7 +394,6 @@ CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM=y
|
||||
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM_COUNT=16
|
||||
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM_SIZE=4096
|
||||
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INITRD=y
|
||||
CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE=""
|
||||
# CONFIG_CDROM_PKTCDVD is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
@ -354,6 +435,7 @@ CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_BAST=y
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SCSI device support
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_RAID_ATTRS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SCSI is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
@ -376,76 +458,19 @@ CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_BAST=y
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Networking support
|
||||
# Network device support
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_NET=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Networking options
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_PACKET is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_UNIX=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_KEY is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_INET=y
|
||||
CONFIG_IP_FIB_HASH=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_FIB_TRIE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_MULTICAST is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_ADVANCED_ROUTER is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_IP_PNP=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_PNP_DHCP is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_IP_PNP_BOOTP=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_PNP_RARP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_IPIP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_IPGRE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARPD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_AH is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_ESP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_IPCOMP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_TUNNEL is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_IP_TCPDIAG=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_TCPDIAG_IPV6 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IPV6 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NETFILTER is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SCTP Configuration (EXPERIMENTAL)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_SCTP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ATM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BRIDGE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DECNET is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_LLC2 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IPX is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ATALK is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_X25 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_LAPB is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_DIVERT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ECONET is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_WAN_ROUTER is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# QoS and/or fair queueing
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_SCHED is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Network testing
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_PKTGEN is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NETPOLL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HAMRADIO is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IRDA is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BT is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_NETDEVICES=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_DUMMY is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BONDING is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_EQUALIZER is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_TUN is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# PHY device support
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_PHYLIB is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Ethernet (10 or 100Mbit)
|
||||
#
|
||||
@ -480,6 +505,8 @@ CONFIG_DM9000=m
|
||||
# CONFIG_SLIP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SHAPER is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NETCONSOLE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NETPOLL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ISDN subsystem
|
||||
@ -562,7 +589,6 @@ CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_EXTENDED=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_MANY_PORTS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_SHARE_IRQ=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_DETECT_IRQ is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_MULTIPORT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_RSA is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
@ -605,7 +631,6 @@ CONFIG_S3C2410_RTC=y
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Ftape, the floppy tape device driver
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_DRM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RAW_DRIVER is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
@ -628,7 +653,7 @@ CONFIG_I2C_ALGOBIT=m
|
||||
#
|
||||
# I2C Hardware Bus support
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_ISA is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_I2C_ISA=m
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_PARPORT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_PARPORT_LIGHT is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_I2C_S3C2410=y
|
||||
@ -636,14 +661,33 @@ CONFIG_I2C_S3C2410=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_PCA_ISA is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Hardware Sensors Chip support
|
||||
# Miscellaneous I2C Chip support
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_I2C_SENSOR=m
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_DS1337 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_DS1374 is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_SENSORS_EEPROM=m
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PCF8574 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PCA9539 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PCF8591 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_RTC8564 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_MAX6875 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_CORE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_ALGO is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_BUS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_CHIP is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Hardware Monitoring support
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_HWMON=y
|
||||
CONFIG_HWMON_VID=m
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM1021 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM1025 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM1026 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM1031 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM9240 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ASB100 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ATXP1 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_DS1621 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_FSCHER is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_FSCPOS is not set
|
||||
@ -662,29 +706,23 @@ CONFIG_SENSORS_LM85=m
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM92 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_MAX1619 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PC87360 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_SMSC47B397 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_SMSC47M1 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_SMSC47B397 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83781D is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83792D is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83L785TS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83627HF is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Other I2C Chip support
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_DS1337 is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_SENSORS_EEPROM=m
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PCF8574 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PCF8591 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_RTC8564 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_CORE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_ALGO is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_BUS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_CHIP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83627EHF is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HWMON_DEBUG_CHIP is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Misc devices
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Multimedia Capabilities Port drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Multimedia devices
|
||||
#
|
||||
@ -731,7 +769,7 @@ CONFIG_DUMMY_CONSOLE=y
|
||||
# USB support
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_USB_ARCH_HAS_HCD=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_USB_ARCH_HAS_OHCI is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_USB_ARCH_HAS_OHCI=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_USB is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
@ -749,6 +787,7 @@ CONFIG_USB_ARCH_HAS_HCD=y
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_EXT2_FS=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XATTR is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XIP is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_EXT3_FS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_EXT3_FS_XATTR=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_EXT3_FS_POSIX_ACL is not set
|
||||
@ -758,6 +797,7 @@ CONFIG_JBD=y
|
||||
CONFIG_FS_MBCACHE=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_REISERFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_JFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FS_POSIX_ACL is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# XFS support
|
||||
@ -765,6 +805,7 @@ CONFIG_FS_MBCACHE=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_XFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MINIX_FS is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_ROMFS_FS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_INOTIFY=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_QUOTA is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_DNOTIFY=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_AUTOFS_FS is not set
|
||||
@ -791,11 +832,11 @@ CONFIG_FAT_DEFAULT_IOCHARSET="iso8859-1"
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_PROC_FS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SYSFS=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_DEVPTS_FS_XATTR is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_TMPFS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HUGETLBFS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HUGETLB_PAGE is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_RAMFS=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_RELAYFS_FS is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Miscellaneous filesystems
|
||||
@ -812,8 +853,7 @@ CONFIG_JFFS_FS_VERBOSE=0
|
||||
# CONFIG_JFFS_PROC_FS is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_JFFS2_FS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_JFFS2_FS_DEBUG=0
|
||||
# CONFIG_JFFS2_FS_NAND is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_JFFS2_FS_NOR_ECC is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_JFFS2_FS_WRITEBUFFER=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_JFFS2_COMPRESSION_OPTIONS is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_JFFS2_ZLIB=y
|
||||
CONFIG_JFFS2_RTIME=y
|
||||
@ -835,6 +875,7 @@ CONFIG_NFS_FS=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_NFSD is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_ROOT_NFS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_LOCKD=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NFS_COMMON=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SUNRPC=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_RPCSEC_GSS_KRB5 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RPCSEC_GSS_SPKM3 is not set
|
||||
@ -920,6 +961,7 @@ CONFIG_NLS_DEFAULT="iso8859-1"
|
||||
CONFIG_DEBUG_KERNEL=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_LOG_BUF_SHIFT=16
|
||||
CONFIG_DETECT_SOFTLOCKUP=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_SCHEDSTATS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DEBUG_SLAB is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK is not set
|
||||
|
@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ ecard_irq_handler(unsigned int irq, struct irqdesc *desc, struct pt_regs *regs)
|
||||
|
||||
if (pending) {
|
||||
struct irqdesc *d = irq_desc + ec->irq;
|
||||
d->handle(ec->irq, d, regs);
|
||||
desc_handle_irq(ec->irq, d, regs);
|
||||
called ++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ ecard_irqexp_handler(unsigned int irq, struct irqdesc *desc, struct pt_regs *reg
|
||||
* Serial cards should go in 0/1, ethernet/scsi in 2/3
|
||||
* otherwise you will lose serial data at high speeds!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
d->handle(ec->irq, d, regs);
|
||||
desc_handle_irq(ec->irq, d, regs);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
printk(KERN_WARNING "card%d: interrupt from unclaimed "
|
||||
"card???\n", slot);
|
||||
|
@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
|
||||
#include <linux/linkage.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <asm/assembler.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/constants.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/asm-offsets.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/errno.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/thread_info.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
|
||||
#include <asm/mach-types.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/procinfo.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/ptrace.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/constants.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/asm-offsets.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/thread_info.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/system.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -207,8 +207,8 @@ void enable_irq_wake(unsigned int irq)
|
||||
unsigned long flags;
|
||||
|
||||
spin_lock_irqsave(&irq_controller_lock, flags);
|
||||
if (desc->chip->wake)
|
||||
desc->chip->wake(irq, 1);
|
||||
if (desc->chip->set_wake)
|
||||
desc->chip->set_wake(irq, 1);
|
||||
spin_unlock_irqrestore(&irq_controller_lock, flags);
|
||||
}
|
||||
EXPORT_SYMBOL(enable_irq_wake);
|
||||
@ -219,8 +219,8 @@ void disable_irq_wake(unsigned int irq)
|
||||
unsigned long flags;
|
||||
|
||||
spin_lock_irqsave(&irq_controller_lock, flags);
|
||||
if (desc->chip->wake)
|
||||
desc->chip->wake(irq, 0);
|
||||
if (desc->chip->set_wake)
|
||||
desc->chip->set_wake(irq, 0);
|
||||
spin_unlock_irqrestore(&irq_controller_lock, flags);
|
||||
}
|
||||
EXPORT_SYMBOL(disable_irq_wake);
|
||||
@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ static void do_pending_irqs(struct pt_regs *regs)
|
||||
list_for_each_safe(l, n, &head) {
|
||||
desc = list_entry(l, struct irqdesc, pend);
|
||||
list_del_init(&desc->pend);
|
||||
desc->handle(desc - irq_desc, desc, regs);
|
||||
desc_handle_irq(desc - irq_desc, desc, regs);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ asmlinkage void asm_do_IRQ(unsigned int irq, struct pt_regs *regs)
|
||||
|
||||
irq_enter();
|
||||
spin_lock(&irq_controller_lock);
|
||||
desc->handle(irq, desc, regs);
|
||||
desc_handle_irq(irq, desc, regs);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Now re-run any pending interrupts.
|
||||
@ -624,9 +624,9 @@ int set_irq_type(unsigned int irq, unsigned int type)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
desc = irq_desc + irq;
|
||||
if (desc->chip->type) {
|
||||
if (desc->chip->set_type) {
|
||||
spin_lock_irqsave(&irq_controller_lock, flags);
|
||||
ret = desc->chip->type(irq, type);
|
||||
ret = desc->chip->set_type(irq, type);
|
||||
spin_unlock_irqrestore(&irq_controller_lock, flags);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@ -846,8 +846,8 @@ unsigned long probe_irq_on(void)
|
||||
|
||||
irq_desc[i].probing = 1;
|
||||
irq_desc[i].triggered = 0;
|
||||
if (irq_desc[i].chip->type)
|
||||
irq_desc[i].chip->type(i, IRQT_PROBE);
|
||||
if (irq_desc[i].chip->set_type)
|
||||
irq_desc[i].chip->set_type(i, IRQT_PROBE);
|
||||
irq_desc[i].chip->unmask(i);
|
||||
irqs += 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
|
||||
#include <linux/linkage.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/ptrace.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/thread_info.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/constants.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/asm-offsets.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define MMX_WR0 (0x00)
|
||||
#define MMX_WR1 (0x08)
|
||||
|
@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ int __cpuinit __cpu_up(unsigned int cpu)
|
||||
* We need to tell the secondary core where to find
|
||||
* its stack and the page tables.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
secondary_data.stack = (void *)idle->thread_info + THREAD_SIZE - 8;
|
||||
secondary_data.stack = (void *)idle->thread_info + THREAD_START_SP;
|
||||
secondary_data.pgdir = virt_to_phys(pgd);
|
||||
wmb();
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ static unsigned long next_rtc_update;
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void do_set_rtc(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (time_status & STA_UNSYNC || set_rtc == NULL)
|
||||
if (!ntp_synced() || set_rtc == NULL)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (next_rtc_update &&
|
||||
@ -292,10 +292,7 @@ int do_settimeofday(struct timespec *tv)
|
||||
set_normalized_timespec(&xtime, sec, nsec);
|
||||
set_normalized_timespec(&wall_to_monotonic, wtm_sec, wtm_nsec);
|
||||
|
||||
time_adjust = 0; /* stop active adjtime() */
|
||||
time_status |= STA_UNSYNC;
|
||||
time_maxerror = NTP_PHASE_LIMIT;
|
||||
time_esterror = NTP_PHASE_LIMIT;
|
||||
ntp_clear();
|
||||
write_sequnlock_irq(&xtime_lock);
|
||||
clock_was_set();
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#include <linux/linkage.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/assembler.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/constants.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/asm-offsets.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define COPY_COUNT (PAGE_SZ/64 PLD( -1 ))
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
|
||||
#include <linux/linkage.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/assembler.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/errno.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/constants.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/asm-offsets.h>
|
||||
|
||||
.text
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
|
||||
* Note that ADDR_LIMIT is either 0 or 0xc0000000.
|
||||
* Note also that it is intended that __get_user_bad is not global.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#include <asm/constants.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/asm-offsets.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/thread_info.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/errno.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
|
||||
* Note that ADDR_LIMIT is either 0 or 0xc0000000
|
||||
* Note also that it is intended that __put_user_bad is not global.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#include <asm/constants.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/asm-offsets.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/thread_info.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/errno.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ static struct plat_serial8250_port serial_platform_data[] = {
|
||||
|
||||
static struct platform_device serial_device = {
|
||||
.name = "serial8250",
|
||||
.id = 0,
|
||||
.id = PLAT8250_DEV_PLATFORM,
|
||||
.dev = {
|
||||
.platform_data = serial_platform_data,
|
||||
},
|
||||
|
@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ static struct plat_serial8250_port serial_platform_data[] = {
|
||||
|
||||
static struct platform_device serial_device = {
|
||||
.name = "serial8250",
|
||||
.id = 0,
|
||||
.id = PLAT8250_DEV_PLATFORM,
|
||||
.dev = {
|
||||
.platform_data = serial_platform_data,
|
||||
},
|
||||
|
@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ static struct plat_serial8250_port serial_platform_data[] = {
|
||||
|
||||
static struct platform_device serial_device = {
|
||||
.name = "serial8250",
|
||||
.id = 0,
|
||||
.id = PLAT8250_DEV_PLATFORM,
|
||||
.dev = {
|
||||
.platform_data = serial_platform_data,
|
||||
},
|
||||
|
@ -87,6 +87,7 @@ config FOOTBRIDGE_ADDIN
|
||||
|
||||
# EBSA285 board in either host or addin mode
|
||||
config ARCH_EBSA285
|
||||
select ARCH_MAY_HAVE_PC_FDC
|
||||
bool
|
||||
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ isa_irq_handler(unsigned int irq, struct irqdesc *desc, struct pt_regs *regs)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
desc = irq_desc + isa_irq;
|
||||
desc->handle(isa_irq, desc, regs);
|
||||
desc_handle_irq(isa_irq, desc, regs);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static struct irqaction irq_cascade = { .handler = no_action, .name = "cascade", };
|
||||
|
@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ static struct plat_serial8250_port serial_platform_data[] = {
|
||||
|
||||
static struct platform_device serial_device = {
|
||||
.name = "serial8250",
|
||||
.id = 0,
|
||||
.id = PLAT8250_DEV_PLATFORM,
|
||||
.dev = {
|
||||
.platform_data = serial_platform_data,
|
||||
},
|
||||
|
@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ h720x_gpio_handler(unsigned int mask, unsigned int irq,
|
||||
while (mask) {
|
||||
if (mask & 1) {
|
||||
IRQDBG("handling irq %d\n", irq);
|
||||
desc->handle(irq, desc, regs);
|
||||
desc_handle_irq(irq, desc, regs);
|
||||
}
|
||||
irq++;
|
||||
desc++;
|
||||
|
@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ static struct plat_serial8250_port serial_platform_data[] = {
|
||||
|
||||
static struct platform_device serial_device = {
|
||||
.name = "serial8250",
|
||||
.id = 0,
|
||||
.id = PLAT8250_DEV_PLATFORM,
|
||||
.dev = {
|
||||
.platform_data = serial_platform_data,
|
||||
},
|
||||
@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ h7202_timerx_demux_handler(unsigned int irq_unused, struct irqdesc *desc,
|
||||
desc = irq_desc + irq;
|
||||
while (mask) {
|
||||
if (mask & 1)
|
||||
desc->handle(irq, desc, regs);
|
||||
desc_handle_irq(irq, desc, regs);
|
||||
irq++;
|
||||
desc++;
|
||||
mask >>= 1;
|
||||
|
@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ imx_gpio_handler(unsigned int mask, unsigned int irq,
|
||||
while (mask) {
|
||||
if (mask & 1) {
|
||||
DEBUG_IRQ("handling irq %d\n", irq);
|
||||
desc->handle(irq, desc, regs);
|
||||
desc_handle_irq(irq, desc, regs);
|
||||
}
|
||||
irq++;
|
||||
desc++;
|
||||
@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ static struct irqchip imx_gpio_chip = {
|
||||
.ack = imx_gpio_ack_irq,
|
||||
.mask = imx_gpio_mask_irq,
|
||||
.unmask = imx_gpio_unmask_irq,
|
||||
.type = imx_gpio_irq_type,
|
||||
.set_type = imx_gpio_irq_type,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void __init
|
||||
|
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Loading…
x
Reference in New Issue
Block a user